Changeset 40892 for wiki


Ignore:
Timestamp:
Sep 2, 2017, 6:03:08 AM (2 years ago)
Author:
aafsvn
Message:

[titan] autoupdate wiki files

Location:
wiki/pages/nl
Files:
114 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed
  • wiki/pages/nl/AV-Settings

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.1 AV Settings''' [=#point3.6.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/AV-Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can setup your audio and visual settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Resolution (Default)''' ||Set the default resolution of the decoder.||
    14  ||'''Resolution Current:''' ||Shows the current resolution of the decoder.||
    15  ||'''Auto Resolution:'''  ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
    16  ||'''Policy:''' ||If the image does not suit the screen format what method shuld the decoder use to best fill the display.||
    17  ||'''Aspect:''' ||Set the aspect ratio of the display.||
    18  ||'''Colour Format''' ||Set the colour format of the hdmi output.||
    19  ||'''Colour Format Scart/ Composite:''' ||Set the colour format of the composite and scart output.||
    20  ||'''Audio Source:''' ||Select the audio source format.||
    21  ||'''Ac3 Default:''' ||Do you wish for the default audio format to be AC3.||
    22  ||'''Ac3 Mode:''' ||Set the output conversion format of the AC3 stream.||
    23  ||'''Audio Delay:''' ||Set the delay or advance time of the audio signal to sync it with the video signal.||
    24  ||'''Inc AC3 Audio in %:''' ||Increace ac3 audio volume in % of total volume.||
    25  ||'''3D Mode:''' ||Output the tv signal in side by side or vertical 3d format.||
    26  ||'''two step mute:''' ||Set the default function of the mute button lower volume then mute or just mute.||
    27  ||'''automatic restart last subtitle:''' ||load the last used subtitle when playing back a recording or stream.||
    28  ||'''Sound ampflier (tv modus/ internal player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  watching tv or using the default media player.||
    29  ||'''Sound ampflier (external player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  using a third party media player.||
    30  
    31  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    32  
    33 
    34 
    35 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Backup

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.8 Backup''' [=#point3.5.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system_backup.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can run a manual backup to /tmp or /var/backup if there is insufficent free space you can use a usb device.
    10 
    11 please ensure these folders are installed on the device for the Backup to operate.
    12 
    13 [[br]]
    14 
    15 To Exit from the backup menu press __"Exit"__.
    16  
    17 [[br]]
    18 ----
    19 
    20  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    21 
    22  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    23  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    24  
    25  ||'''Red Button: (backup)''' ||This will Start the backup process please follow the onscreen propmps.||
    26 
    27 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Blind-Scan-Settings

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.6] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Blind-Scan-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can proform a blind scan.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Tuner type''' ||Select the recption tuner type.||
    13  ||'''Minimal Frequency:''' ||Set the mimimum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
    14  ||'''Maximum Frequency:''' ||Set the maximum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
    15  ||'''Step Frequency:''' ||Set the step size of the frequency in mhz from the start frequency to scan.||
    16  ||'''Minimal Signalrate:''' ||Set the minimum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
    17  ||'''Maximum Signalrate''' ||Set the Maximum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
    18  ||'''Step Signalrate'''  ||Set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
    19  ||'''Use only standard forward error correction (FEC)''' ||???.||
    20  ||'''DVB-S Services Only:''' ||Scan only for SD channels.||
    21  ||'''Only Default FEC:''' ||???.||
    22 
    23  ''note: not all these options are relavant or shown and it depend's on the selected tuner type''
    24    
    25  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    26 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Blue-Button

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.5 Blue Button''' [=#point3.6.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.60 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Blue_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the blue button
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/CPU

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.1 CPU''' [=#point3.7.8.6.1] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/CPU.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the detailed cpu info.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Change-Feed

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.4.2 Change Feed''' [=#point3.4.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Change_Feed.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can sett up an aditional feed to obtain extra plugins not found in the online library
    10 
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Channel-Edit

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.15 Channel Edit''' [=#point3.6.15] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Channel_Edit.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can edit your channel data
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Copy Service:''' ||Enable channel copy mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
    15  ||'''Remove Service:''' ||Enable channel remove mode, this enables the user to remove channels from the currently selected boquet.||
    16  ||'''Move Service:''' ||Enable channel move mode, this enables the user to move channels to another boquet.||
    17  ||'''Protect Service:''' ||Enable channel protect mode, this enables the user to pin protect seletcted channels in the currently selected boquet.||
    18  ||'''Rename Service:''' ||Enable channel rename mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
    19  ||'''Sort Service:''' || selecting this will sort all channels in all boquets by alphebitac order.||
    20  ||'''Set Start Channel:''' ||Here you can set the channel you wish for the receiver to show on startup.||
    21  ||'''Delete Start Channel:''' ||Here you can remove the currently selected startup channel that shows on startup.||
    22  
    23  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
  • wiki/pages/nl/Channel-Service

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1 Channel Service''' [=#point3.5.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Channel_Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
    10 please select a menu item for more information
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:Tuner-Configuration#point3.5.1.1 Tuner configuration])
    14  * ([wiki:Automatic-Search#point3.5.1.2 Automatic Search])
    15  * ([wiki:Manual-Search#point3.5.1.3 Manual Search])
    16  * ([wiki:Rotor-Settings#point3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings])
    17  * ([wiki:Sat-Finder#point3.5.1.5 Sat Finder])
    18  * ([wiki:Blind-Scan-Settings#point3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings])
    19  * ([wiki:Create-Transponder-List#point3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List])
    20  * ([wiki:Create-Default-Favorites#point3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites])
    21 
    22 
    23 [[br]]
    24 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Child-Protection

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.12 Child Protection''' [=#point3.6.12] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Child_Protection.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can setup your key lock and child portection settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14  ||'''Pin Code Menu''' ||Select the pin code used in the menu.||
    15  ||'''Pin Code Channel:''' || select the pin code used to lock TV Channels.||
    16  ||'''Protect Channels:''' || Do you wish to enable the locking of protected channels.||
    17  ||'''Age Protect:''' || do you wish to protect channels based on age restrictions.||
    18  ||'''Protect Channel Freetime (min''' || After a specific time do you wish to re-enable the lock  on protected channels if it is currently beign displayed.||
    19  ||'''Protect menu:''' || Do you wish to place a lock on the menu of the reciever.||
    20  
    21  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Child Protection Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    22  
    23 [[br]]
    24 ----
    25 
    26  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    27 
    28  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the cchild protection settings menu
    29  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    30  
    31  ||'''Red Button: (Menu Protect)''' ||pressing this button will bring up a list of menu items that a lock may be placed on to limit access to those areas, below is a list of all the menu items displayed in this menu.||
    32 
    33  * Soft Cam Pannel
    34  * Records and EPG
    35  * Media Center
    36  * Media Player
    37  * Extentions
    38  * System
    39  * Settigs
    40  * Information
    41  * Standby/ Poweroff
    42  * Main Menu
    43  * Media Center
    44  * GUI Restart
    45  * Power Off
    46  * Network Restart
    47  * A/V Settings
    48  * Adjust
    49  * Skin
    50  * Plugins
    51  * Records
    52  * EPG Search
    53  * Common Interface
    54  * Smart Card Reader
    55  * Flash Update Online
    56  * Child Protection
    57  * Service
    58  * Sat Finder
    59  * Epg Short View
    60  * Single Epg
    61  * Multi Epg
    62  * Graphic Epg
    63  * EPG Search
    64  * Records
    65  * Plugins
    66  * Change Feed
    67  * TPK Upgrade (Online)
    68  * TPK Install (Online)
    69  * TPK Tmp (tmp)
    70  * TPK Media (media)
    71  * TPK (remove
    72  * Channel Service...
    73  * Common Interface
    74  * Smart Card Reader
    75  * Network
    76  * Harddisk
    77  * VFDisplay
    78  * Fancontrol
    79  * System Update
    80  * Backup
    81  * Settings Backup Restore
    82  * Receiver Unlock
    83  * A/V Settings
    84  * Language
    85  * Timezone
    86  * Red Button
    87  * Blue Button
    88  * Plugin Button
    89  * Adjust
    90  * Skin Adjust
    91  * Screensaver adjust
    92  * Timeshift Settings
    93  * Record Path
    94  * EPG Settings
    95  * Child Protection
    96  * Restore Default Settings
    97  * Video Settings
    98  * Channel Edit
    99  * MediaDB Settings
    100  * Autostart Settings
    101  * Overclocking Settings
    102  * Save Settings
    103  * Service
    104  * Newsletter
    105  * About
    106  * Streaming
    107  * Atemio (hotline)
    108  * Titan Changelog
    109  * GIT Changelog
    110  * System Info
    111  * Log
    112  * System_Status
    113  * Free Space
    114  * kernel
    115  * Mounts
    116  * Network
    117  * Ram
    118  * System Infos
    119  * Cpu
    120  * Memory
    121  * MTD
    122  * Module
    123  * Devices
    124  * Swap
    125  * Top
    126  * Prozesslist
    127  * USB
    128  * Flashupdate (online)
    129  * Flashupdate (tmp)
    130  * USBupdate (online)
    131  * USBupdate (tmp)
    132  * Power off
    133  * Standby
    134  * Restart
    135  * GUI Restart
    136  * Power Off Timer
    137  * Tuner Configuration
    138  * Automatic Search
    139  * Manual Search
    140  * Manual Search Cable
    141  * Manual Search Terrestrial
    142  * Rotor Settings
    143  * Sat Config
    144  * Sat Finder
    145  * Blind scan settings
    146  * Formatt HDD
    147  * Filesystem Check
    148  * Configure
    149  * Time to Sleep
    150  * Adapter Settings
    151  * WLAN Settings
  • wiki/pages/nl/Child-Safety

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.5 Child Safety''' [=#point3.5.18.5] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Autostart_Settings-child_safety.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can adjust the lock settings on startup.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Parental:''' ||Enable lock on startup.||
    14  ||'''Pin:''' ||Select the pin number for the lock on startup.||
    15  
    16  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    17  
    18 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Common-Interface

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.2 Common Interface''' [=#point3.5.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Common_Interface.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can set up your installed cam devices.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  Picture:
    14  ||'''Module Type:''' ||Set the module service type (multiple/ Single Service).||
    15 
    16   To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Common Interface Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    17  
    18 [[br]]
    19 ----
    20 
    21  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    22 
    23  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Commom Interface menu.
    24  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    25  
    26  ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Common Interface Module.||
    27  ||'''Green Button: (Menu)''' ||This will Bring up the advanced Common Interface menu.||
    28  ||'''Yellow Button: (CAID)''' ||???.||
    29  ||'''Blue Button: (Channel)''' ||Select the channels the selected CA Module will Decode.||
    30  ||'''Menu Button: (Setting)''' ||This will show the settings for the selected CA Module.||
    31 
    32 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Community

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''14 Community''' [=#point14] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 The TitanNit project is supported 24 hours in the public forum.
    9 
    10 For help and support feel free to join us on our forum
    11 
    12 ||= '''[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]''' =||
    13 ||= [[Image(http://www.aaf-digital.info/images/logo.jpg,400,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] =||
    14 
    15 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Configure

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5.3 Hard Disk Configure''' [=#point3.5.5.3]  ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 hard disk (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Configure.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can configure your harddisk see below for more information.
    9 Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available configure options in this display.
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Use as recordings-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a recording medium.||
    15  ||'''Remove recordings-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a recording medium.||
    16  ||'''Use as plugins-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a plugins medium.||
    17  ||'''Remove extentions-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a extentions medium.||
    18  ||'''Use as swap-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a swap medium.||
    19  ||'''Remove swap-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a swap medium.||
    20  ||'''Use as backup-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a backup medium.||
    21  ||'''Remove backup-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a backup medium.||
    22 
    23 
    24 
    25  
    26  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    27  
    28 
    29 
    30 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Contact

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''15 Contact''' [=#point15] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Interested External Developers or testers can feel free to chat with us via Skype.
    7   • Skype Chat: "TitanNit Dev Chat"
    8   • Skype Contact: obiwan1976
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Create-Default-Favorites

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites[=#point3.5.1.8] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Create-Default-Favorites.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 By selecting this option it will setup the default german favourites lists.
    9 
    10 Please note that selecting this button will remove all the user pre programmed in favourites.
    11 
    12 in future it may be able to set up favourite lists from the satellites/ providers programed into the tuner.
    13 
    14    
    15  To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    16 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Create-Transponder-List

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List''' [=#point3.5.1.7] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Create-Transponder-List.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can automatically set up transponders for various services from the TitanNit online repo this will save you from having to manually create these lists from your pc or from a satellite xml generator, this will greatly simpifly channel and tuner setup.
    9 
    10 please note that these lists may be out dated and not contain a complete list of transponders for every service.
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  ||'''Create Transponder (Sat) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available satellites services. ||
    15  ||'''Create Transponder (Cable) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available cable services. ||
    16  ||'''Create Transponder (Terrestrial) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available Terrestrial services. ||
    17  ||'''Create Transponder (All) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available services. ||
    18 
    19 Please note that selecting one of the above options will remove all the transponders from the current channel data and may remove any custom satellite configs and tuner settings.
    20 
    21 in future it may merge the current programmed in user assigned transponders.
    22 
    23 A rescan will need to be preformed after preforming an option be sure to make a backup before proforming this action to be safe.
    24  
    25    
    26  To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    27 
  • wiki/pages/nl/DYNDNS-Settings

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.7] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/DYNDNS-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can setup your DYNDNS interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Start on Boot:''' ||Start the DYNDNS server on startup.||
    13  ||'''User:''' ||setup the username for DYNDNS.||
    14  ||'''Password:''' ||Set the password for DYNDNS.||
    15  ||'''DNS NAME:''' ||set the dns name.||
    16  ||'''DNS Syatem:''' ||???.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
    20 [[br]]
    21 ----
    22 
    23  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    24 
    25  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    26  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    27  
    28  ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
    29  ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||Start the DYNDNS server.||
    30  ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Stop the DYNDNS server.|| ||
  • wiki/pages/nl/Default-Autostart

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.18.1 Default Autostart''' [=#point3.5.18.1] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-default_Autostart.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can check and adjust the startup settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Bootstop:''' ||???.||
    14  ||'''Debug:''' ||Here you can set the debug mode and adjust the complexicity of the log output.||
    15  ||'''Show IP:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
    16  ||'''Updatelist:''' ||??.||
    17  
    18  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from this Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    19  
  • wiki/pages/nl/Development

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''11 Development''' [=#point11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 === Plugins Building ===
    7 
    8 '''Preparation'''
    9 
    10 In the current tdt git http://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 you can now build TitanNit plugins.
    11 I have installed 2 plugins that are intended to serve as an example. One can then download and unzip this locally and build your own plugins.
    12 
    13 With a fresh clone of the git
    14 
    15 {{{
    16 make yaud-enigma2-nightly
    17 }}}
    18 
    19 after it completes, then
    20 
    21 {{{
    22 make titanium-plugins
    23 }}}
    24 
    25 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Devices

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.5 Devices''' [=#point3.7.8.6.5] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Devices.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed loaded devices info.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Disclaimer

    r39063 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''17 Generic Disclaimer''' [=#point17] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 TitanNit is a Semi closed source setop box linux based operating system software. The services provided by AAF Digital including (including developer tools, resources, download areas, files, source code, product information, documentation, communication forums, bug tracker, wiki, internet, streaming, forum etc. all collectively called "services") that the TitanNit Project, its members, and websites provide are for the purpose of providing support to the community and aditional functionality from the original system software provided by the manufactures of the supported hardware.
    7 The services provided bt the AAF digital team is provided “as is”, "with all faults", and "as available" basis, without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. Your use of these services is at your own risk. TitanNit disclaims all warranties.
    8  
    9 TitanNit disclaims liability for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, punitive or other damages, or lost profits, that may result directly or indirectly from the use of these services and any material that is downloaded or obtained through the use of these services.
    10  
    11 This includes, without limitation, any damage to computer systems, hardware or software, loss of data, or any other performance failures, any errors, bugs, viruses or other defects that result from, or are associated with the use of these services.
    12  
    13 None of the contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with TitanNit in any way whatsoever can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate or libelous information or for your use of the information contained in or linked from these services.
    14 
    15 AAF Digital reserve the right to to remove and add services as they see fit without warning.
    16 
    17 
    18  
    19 '''No contract, limited license'''
    20  
    21 
    22 Please make sure that you understand that these services is being provided freely, and that no kind of agreement or contract is implied between the owners or users of these services, the owners of the servers upon which it is housed, the individual contributors to these services, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with the project subject to your claims against them directly. You are being granted a limited license to copy or install anything from this site; it does not create or imply any contractual or extracontractual liability on any of it's agents, members, organizers or other users. Neither is anyone responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information contained with in these services.
    23 
    24  
    25 
    26 '''Trademarks'''
    27 
    28  
    29 Any of the trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used or cited in the services provided for TitanNit are the property of their respective owners. Their use in any "service" does not imply that you may use them for any other purpose other than for the same or a similar use as contemplated by the original authors concent.
    30 the AAF Digital team will make due effort to outline the services that are provided by other's and give them credit where aplicable.
    31  
    32 
    33 '''Information and Content'''
    34 
    35  
    36 Publication of information found in any of the services provided for TitanNit may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing this information. The servers providing these services are located in different locations of the world and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law in respect to their location. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. the AAF digital team does not encourage the violation of any laws; and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws, should you link to the domain of the websites of these services or use, reproduce, or republish the information contained therein.
    37 
    38  
    39 '''Final Remarks'''
    40 
    41  
    42 Enjoy TitanNit and the other services provided by AAF Digital and thanks for selecting us!
    43  
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Search

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.4 EPG Search''' [=#point3.1.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Epg_Search.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 EPG Search is where you can search the EPG title, discription genra for specific keywords to search for programs to set up Recordings.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    13 
    14  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Search EPG menu.
    15  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    16  
    17  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    18  ||'''Green Button: (Title)''' ||This will search the EPG title string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    19  ||'''Yellow Button: (Discription)''' ||This will search the EPG Discription string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''Blue Button: (All)''' ||This will search all EPG string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    21  ||'''Menu (Genre):''' ||This will search the EPG Genre string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    22 
    23 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Settings

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.11 EPG Settings''' [=#point3.6.11] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can change your epg settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  
    14  ||'''EPG Path''' ||Set to any Path you want where the EPG File should be stored (on Receivers with little Memory it is strongly recommended to extend it by using a USB Pen-Drive or Harddisk)||
    15  ||'''How Many Days:''' ||The Number of Days in Advance of the EPG to store (I recommend no higher than 8 Days)||
    16  ||'''Delete EPG after read:''' ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
    17  ||'''EPG Save Mode:''' ||When should the EPG Data be stored to the storage medium. Caution: Should you not use a Pen Drive or Harddisk for EPG Storage set to Never, as Receivers with little Memory on Board tend to crash due to Insufficient free space.||
    18  ||'''Show EPG Screen (EPG Button):''' ||Which EPG format should be shown on EPG Key-press on the Remote.||
    19  ||'''EPG Free Space (kb):''' ||Total of minimal Free Memory that should be kept on the medium where the epg is stored to aviod free space errors.||
    20  ||'''EPG List Mode:''' ||What Channels should be scanned in the background (Only for twin Receivers) for EPG (scan)(whitelist) (scanlist and whitelist) (deactivate (disable scan)).||
    21  ||'''EPG Scan Time:''' ||Here you can set the time of the automatic EPG scan. The Scan will be performed every Day at that set time. Should the Receiver be in Deep Stand-by it will "wake up" aprox. 5 Minutes before the scan is due to start.||
    22  ||'''EPG Button in EPG:''' ||Behavior of the EPG Button during EPG display.||
    23  ||'''Grafic EPG Zoom:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
    24  ||'''Grafic EPG Picons:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
    25  ||'''Delete EPG Before Scan:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
    26  ||'''After EPG Scan:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
    27  ||'''MHW EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    28  ||'''MHW2 EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
    29  ||'''OpenTV EPG:''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    30  
    31  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    32  
    33 [[br]]
    34 ----
    35 
    36  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    37 
    38  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    39  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    40  
    41  ||'''Red Button: (EPG Reset)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
    42  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
    43  ||'''Yellow Button: (Scanlist)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
    44  ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past scan log history for the epg.||
    45 
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Short-View

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.1 EPG Short View''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG_Short_View.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 EPG Short View is a small easy to read horozontal epg of the current displayed channel including the infomation on the program you may scroll using the direction arrows to a future time.
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9 External Software''' [=#point9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 External Software is a collection of tools to supplement TitanNit.
    7 
    8 This is a list of applications that can be use with or for to manipulate or control your Receiver.
    9 [[br]]
    10 Below is a list of external applications please select a link below for more information.
    11 
    12 
    13 
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiMote.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)]'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 Timote is an andriod application for streaming and control of TitanNit
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiView.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)]'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 TiView is an PC application for streaming and control of TitanNit
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/SatChannelListEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor]'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 SatChannelListEditor is an PC application for manipulation of your TitanNit channel data.
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |----
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/E2WebIFAPI.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI]'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 E2WebIfAPI is an console application to support the dreambox xml web interface commands.
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor])]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor]'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59 TitanEditor is an PC application for manipulation of dreambox channel data to work on of your TitanNit Receiver.
    60   }}}
    61   }}}
    62   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    63   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanNitLanguageEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor])]]
    65   }}}
    66   '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor]'''[[br]]
    67   {{{#!div style="float: left
    68 TitanLanguageEditor is an PC application for editing GUI language translations.
    69   }}}
    70   }}}
    71 }}}
    72 }}}
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.4 E2WebIfAPI''' [=#point9.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 
    5 == Introduction ==
    6 Enigma2 Web Interface ( WebIf ) API was defined for Dreambox .
    7 It is a protocol that allows you to control a Dreambox via HTTP requests.
    8 
    9 Typical control tasks are :
    10 
    11 * Programming (timer) and playing back recordings
    12 * Live streaming (TV and radio)
    13 * EPG functions (display, search)
    14 * Remote control (Remote Control)
    15 
    16 You can find a good overview of the E2WebIFAPI in the [http://dream.reichholf.net/wiki/Enigma2:WebInterface DreamboxWIKI].
    17 
    18 == Motivation ==
    19 
    20 For TitanNit the Android App [wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point109.1 9.1 TiMote] was developed. Anybody with an Android Smart-Phone or Tablet with this software installed can control their receiver or watch TV on the Android device. Isn't that cool?
    21 
    22 But owners of an iOS-device (i-Phone or i-Pad) are unlucky as there is no iOS TitanNit compatable web client such as TiMote. You can control your receiver via http protocol (same as Web Interface) but you wont be able to use all advantages like tiMote on an Android Platform.
    23 
    24 On the other hand iOS and Android Apps already exist for Dreambox receivers. These Apps are based on the Enigma2 protocol. Couldn't one just use that App on iOS instead of developing a new App?
    25 
    26 == The solution ==
    27 TitanNit has its own protocol but is not compatible to the Enigma2 WebIf. Following a short analysis it was discovered that converting E2 requests to Titan didn't seem so difficult. Therefore, an E2 web server (e2webserv) was developed, which implements the Enigma2 WebIf. This server receives the E2 requests, delegates the calls to TitanNit web server and the responses is converted back into the XML format, which is expected from the E2 client.
    28 
    29 This way the TitanNit receiver is able to correspond to existing E2 - client software.
    30 
    31 
    32 == Requirements ==
    33 
    34 * The Web server must be enabled on the receiver
    35 * The E2webserv must be installed on the receiver
    36 
    37 == IOS Apps ==
    38 
    39 The following apps are installed on my iPad2:
    40 * dreaMote
    41 * DreaMote Lite
    42 * e2RemoteHD
    43 * Dreambox Live
    44 
    45 Should you not want to purchase any apps from the Apps-Store I can recommend dreaMote Lite .
    46 
    47 In addition to the app you need a player.
    48 
    49 I have tried the following players, which work well for me:
    50 * Good Player
    51 * BUZZ Player
    52 * OPlayerHD Lite
    53 * VLC Player
    54 
    55 VLC and OPlayerHD Lite are free.
    56 
    57 == XBMC ==
    58 
    59 If you are running the Media Center software [http://xbmc.org/ XBMC] or [http://xbmc4xbox.org.uk/ XBMC4XBOX], you can connect your Titan receiver via the Live-TV-Plugin VU+.
    60 XBMC runs on Windows PCs aswell as Linux and is also available for Raspberry Pi and the Xbox.
    61 
    62 == VLC ==
    63 Having installed the e2webserv you can enjoy Live-Streaming on your Windows or Linux PC using [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ VLC] (no further software needed).
    64 
    65 You do not have to switch channels manually it all happens automatically. In order for this to take place you need an M3U playlist. You can easily generate the playlist by your Favourites and save to your PC. Having done so you only need to open the M3U list in VLC and select the desired channel.
    66 
    67 How do you export a particular favourites list into an M3U file?
    68 
    69 Enter the address in your Web browser.
    70 
    71 Example (favourite is "Polish"):
    72 
    73 [http://192.168.1.1:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Polish]
    74 
    75 Enter your receivers IP address and where names of Favourites have spaces within these spaces must be replaced with "%20".
    76 
    77 Example (favourite is "My TV" Receiver - IP: 192.168.0.10):
    78 
    79 [http://192.168.0.10:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Mein%20TV]
    80 
    81 Client Configuration == ==
    82 Please configure the E2-clientas accordingly:
    83 * IP address of the receiver
    84 * Port: 8080
    85 * Streaming Port: 8001
    86 
    87 Please note that SSL is not supported.
    88 
    89 Below you see an example configuration for dreaMote.
    90 
    91 [[Image(DreaMote.png,384px)]]
    92 
    93 == E2webserv.conf ==
    94 
    95 You must alter the server configuration manually. Using standard configured TitanNit no alterration on the e2webserv.conf should be neccessary.
    96 
    97 Should you have installed the plugin to Flash the configuration file '''e2webserv.conf''' lies in the directory '''/mnt/swapextensions/etc'''
    98 
    99 Here is the content:
    100 {{{
    101 # E2 web port
    102 port = 8080
    103 # E2 data port
    104 data port = 8001
    105 # Titan web port
    106 titanium- port = 80
    107 # Titan data port
    108 titan data port = 22222
    109 # Titan host (change it if e2webserv is not running locally on the receiver)
    110 titan host = 127.0.0.1
    111 # Automatic switching of channels
    112 # It is useful if you do not want manually switch a channel on receiver with a single tuner.
    113 # If it is set to false and you have a single tuner you can stream the only channels located
    114 # On the same transponder as the current channel active on the receiver .
    115 Autozap = true
    116 # Log output file
    117 logFile = /tmp/e2webserv.log
    118 # Maximum log file size in KB. Set it to 0 (default 10KB) to disable logging (maximum allowed value is 1024).
    119 # When the file limit is reached a backup of the current file is created .
    120 # It Means maximally 2 x MaxLogSize KB will be used.
    121 MaxLogSize = 10
    122 # Thread pool size (1 through 8)
    123 threadpool = 2
    124 # Directory where the transponder and bouquet files are located.
    125 # You do not need to Specify it, it will be Automatically Discovered .
    126 # But if you you start e2webserv not on the receiver (but eg on your Linux server or Windows computer) then you
    127 # Shoulderstand copy the settings (channel, transponder, provider and all bouquets file) and here Specify the location on the local computer .
    128 titanDir = /mnt/settings
    129 }}}
    130 
    131 == Links ==
    132 
    133 * Enigma2 Web API in [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?90948-Enigma2-Web-API-f % FCr - TitanNit AAF Forum]
    134 * Sources on [https://github.com/gswiatek/e2api4titan GitHub]
    135 [[br]]
    136 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.3 SatChannelListEditor''' [=#point9.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 This manual applies to version 5.4 of SatChannelListEditor (SCLE). In future releases,[[br]]
    5 possibly new features will be added, making the screen shots of this program obsolete.
    6 
    7 == Requirements ==
    8 SCLE has been programmed for the runtime environment " Microsoft. NET Framework ".[[br]]
    9 Currently .NET Framework version 2.0 or higher is required.
    10 
    11 ( also take a look at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.NET_Framework Wikipedia article . NET Framework] )
    12 
    13 == Windows ==
    14 * In  Windows XP .NET Framework version 2.0, 3.0 or 3.5 must be installed.[[br]]
    15 (3.0 and 3.5 are extended versions include version 2.0)
    16 * For Windows Vista and Windows 7 the .NET Framework librarys are implemented[[br]]
    17 in the operating system and do not need to be installed seperately.
    18 * In Windows 8 .NET Framework 3.5 must be installed. As Windows 8 by default,[[br]]
    19 only includes .NET framework 4.5, which is not compatible with SCLE
    20 == Linux ==
    21 In Linux, the Mono framework is required (see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mono_(software)Wikipedia article about Mono project]) .
    22 [[BR]] You may have to install WinForms libraries manually with "apt -get install libmono- winforms * "
    23 [[BR]] You may then run SCLE from the command line with the command "mono SatChannelListEditor.exe ".
    24 
    25 == Mac OS ==
    26 In Mac OS , just like Linux, the Mono-Framework is required to to run SCLE.
    27 
    28 == The first startup ==
    29 After the first startup of SCLE the language is set to English and the receiver[[br]]
    30 model " UFS -821 " is selected. You now have to set the language and your[[br]]
    31 Receiver model to suite your receiver.
    32 
    33 Select the receiver and its System you like to manage.
    34 
    35 == Setting the receiver model and type of operating system ==
    36 Select the menu under " Options ", select " Settings" :
    37 
    38 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/3.png)]]
    39 
    40 Select Titan in the window that appears as the receiver you wish to connect to:
    41 
    42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/4.png)]]
    43 
    44 After selecting the reciever type under the option " Titan " set the IP address of your Receiver, before[[br]]
    45 you close the window confirm the settings by clicking the OK button.[[br]]
    46 The other settings on this page should not be changed.
    47 
    48 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/5.png)]]
    49 
    50 == Download and upload the channel list ==
    51 
    52 After the Receiver model and the IP address have been set, you can fetch the channel[[br]]
    53 list from your Receiver (Download) and after processing send it back to the Receiver (upload).
    54 [[BR]] Use the Buttons in the Menubar of SCLE or in the Drop-down Menu:
    55 
    56 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/6.png)]]
    57 
    58 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/7.png)]]
    59 
    60 When you start an upload or download the program will automatically change to[[br]]
    61 the message window where status messages are displayed for file transfer.
    62 
    63 == Edit the channel list ==
    64 
    65 == Favourites ==
    66 
    67 All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]]
    68 of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list.
    69 [[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]]
    70 The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control.
    71 [[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites:
    72 
    73 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/8.png)]]
    74 
    75 After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name:
    76 
    77 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/9.png)]]
    78 
    79 You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]]
    80 onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]]
    81 and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu:
    82 
    83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/10.png)]]
    84 
    85 Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]]
    86 The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1:
    87 
    88 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/11.png)]]
    89 
    90 When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]]
    91 obtains further channel numbers:
    92 
    93 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/12.png)]]
    94 
    95 === EPG favourite "EPG scan " ===
    96 
    97 For TV channels there is a special favourite called "EPG scan".[[br]]
    98 Copy all channels you want to be included for the timed EPG scan, all channels in this list[[br]]
    99 will have their epg automatically scaned.
    100 
    101 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/13.png)]]
    102 
    103 === Satellite ===
    104 Creating and Editing Satellite entrys
    105 Switch to the "Satellite" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the[[br]]
    106 drop-down-menu is displayed, where you can create a new Satellite or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    107 Double - clicking on an existing Satellite also opens this for editing.
    108 
    109 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/14.png)]]
    110 
    111 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/15.png)]]
    112 
    113 === Creating and Editing Transponders ===
    114 
    115 Switch to the "Transponder" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
    116 is displayed, where you can create a new Transponder or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    117 Double - clicking on an existing Transponder also opens this for editing.
    118 
    119 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/16.png)]]
    120 
    121 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/17.png)]]
    122 
    123 === Creating and Editing Channels ===
    124 Switch to the tab "TV" or "Radio". After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
    125 is displayed, where you can create a new channel or edit an existing one.[[br]]
    126 Double - clicking on an existing channel also opens this for editing.
    127 
    128 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/18.png)]]
    129 
    130 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/19.png)]]
    131 
    132 === Using receiver profiles ===
    133 
    134 If you have more than one Receiver, it is advisable to work with profiles.[[br]]
    135 Go to the settings and enable the checkbox "Use Receiver Profiles":
    136 
    137 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/20.png)]]
    138 
    139 Enter a name for the profile, and click the "Save" button.[[br]]
    140 The profile will be created with the current settings specified under the "Titan" tab.
    141 [[BR]] To create a profile for a second titan receiver, switch to the "Titan" tab,[[br]]
    142 enter the IP address of the second receiver, switch back to the "General" tab,[[br]]
    143 enter a new profile name and click on "Save" once again.
    144 
    145 When you close the settings window by clicking the -OK-button- You will now[[br]]
    146 discover the new selection menu where you may choose your Receiver profile.
    147 
    148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/21.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TiMote

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.1 TiMote''' [=#point9.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 Timote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers.
    9 Currently (Atemio) TitanNit, Enigma2 and Neutrino are supported.
    10 please note that screen shots were taken from TiMote version xxx future versions of TiMote could make these screenshots invalid.
    11 
    12 Features:
    13 - Bouquets / Favorites
    14 - Show EPG
    15 - EPG search (*)
    16 - Show the current station
    17 - View recordings, stream and delete (*)
    18 - Create, edit and delete timer
    19 - Satfinder (*)
    20 - Power Control
    21 - Virtual Remote
    22 - News
    23 (*) Only Titannit/E2
    24 
    25 To stream an appropriate player, for example, MX Player, VPlayer or BSPlayer (lite) need to be installed.
    26 If the app crashes, please activate the "send error report automatically" in the Settings. you can
    27 thereby help improve the software and make troubleshooting easier crucial to the developer.
    28 Comments, questions, suggestions or requests? Write me an email or post a comment on the app homepage!
    29 appear
    30 
    31 [[br]]
    32 
    33 [[Image(http://www.android.com/images/brand/get_it_on_play_logo_large.png)]]
    34 [[br]]
    35 [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=eu.azato.timote PlayStore]
    36 
    37 [[br]]
    38 When you open up Timote You are presented with the main interface along the top of the display the radio buttons are used as the menu of Timote [[br]]
    39 See below for more information.
    40 
    41 '''Main''' [[br]]
    42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Main.png)]]
    43 
    44 Main contains a list of the main functions of timote:
    45 
    46 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-TV#point0 TV]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of Boquets on the reciever).||
    47 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-On-air#point0 On-air]) ''' ||This will Bring up the information of the TV channel currently displaying on the Reciever||
    48 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Movies#point0 Movies]) ''' ||This will bring up the Movielist's stored on the reciever).||
    49 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Timer#point0 Timer]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of the current timer recordings on the reciever).||
    50 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-EPG-Search#point0 EPG-Search]) ''' ||This will bring up a a search page to search the EPG for a specific keyword).||
    51 
    52 [[br]]
    53 
    54 '''Misc''' [[br]]
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Misc.png)]]
    56 
    57 Misc contains a list of other functions of TiMote:
    58 
    59 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Signal-Finder#point0 Signal-Finder]) ''' ||This will bring up the signal info's of the current displayed channel.||
    60 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Screenshot#point9.1.1 Screenshot]) ''' ||This will take a screen shot of the TV Display||
    61 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Remote#point9.1.2 Remote]) ''' ||This will bring up the on screen remote).||
    62 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Message#point9.1.3 Message]) ''' ||This can be used to send messages to the TV display).||
    63 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-Menu#point9.1.4 Power Menu]) ''' ||This will bring up the power control menu
    64 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-RGui#point9.1.5 RGui]) ''' ||This will start the RGui engine||
    65 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-LCD-Mode#point9.1.6 LCD Mode]) ''' ||???||
    66 ||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-About#point09.1.7 Power About]) ''' ||This will bring up information on the developers of TiMote).||
    67 
    68 '''Profiles''' [[br]]
    69 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Profile.png)]]
    70 
    71 Profiles is a list of receiver profiles with the ability to select and control multiple receivers.
    72 you may create a new profile using the add button at the top of the display.
    73 
    74 
    75 ----
    76 Temp data to move to Individual pages
    77 
    78 
    79 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Stream.png)]]
    80 
    81 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Boquet.png)]]
    82 
    83 
    84 
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TiView

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.2 TiView''' [=#point9.2] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 TiView is a Windows 32bit application, that will run on a Windows 32/64bit system.[[br]]
    6 The Tool uses the HTTP-RAW-Api of TitanNit.[[br]]
    7 [[br]]
    8 ''Highlights of TiView''
    9 
    10 - *Output of the TV-Screen on your PC
    11 - *Watch recordings on your PC
    12 - *PiP function for 2 simultaneous TV-Stream or recording viewing on your PC
    13 - *Proxy function for external access from a remote TiView and streaming a recoded stream
    14 - Management of timers for recordings
    15 - Infobar with progress bar for the actual program
    16 - Picon-view in the Infobar(Enabled by adding the picons into the folder /picons in TiView)
    17 - Channel EPG
    18 - Multi EPG
    19 - Grafical Multi EPG
    20 - EPG Search
    21 - Overview of recordings
    22 - Manage profiles should one have more than one Receiver
    23 - Signal-Monitor
    24 - Send Messages to your Receiver
    25 - OSD-Screenshot
    26 '''*For Playback on your PC you need a compatable media player the 32bit version 2.x of VLC Player .'''[[br]]
    27 (Alternativly you can copy libvlc.dll, libvlccore.dll and the Plugins folder from VLC into the TiView folder)
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanEditor

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''9.5 TitanEditor''' [=#point19.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 Titan editor is a simple channel list editor that is able to convert enigma channel data to be able to operate[[br]]
    5 on a titan based receiver. It is also able to convert the filename from enigma 2 picons to the titan format.
    6 
    7 This software is still beta status but the basic functions are working, there has been posts noted on the AAF Forum that[[br]]
    8 converting picons in some instances comit an unhandled exception error causing the program to exit.
    9  
    10 - convert E2 channel list's incl. bouquets (this will not work 100% for some channels)
    11  - edit/delete and add Titan channels
    12  - convert E2 picons to Titan picons
    13  - manage bouquets
    14 
    15 The current version of TitanEditor is version 0.15 and it may be downloaded from here [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?78014-TitanEditor-V0-15&p=802005&viewfull=1#post802005 titanEditor]
    16 
    17  
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanMote

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.1 TitanMote''' [=#point9.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 [[br]]
    7 
    8 Titanmote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers.
    9 Currently there is a little information we can provide reguarding this from the developer jagabongo.
    10 
    11 ''Words from the developer:''
    12 ----
    13 I'm currently working on an iOS app for TitanNit . For this I would need a few beta testers .
    14 
    15 The app will cost money later when development is finished and will be able to be purchased from the store, I will not releace it free because I have specially bought for this purpose a developer account and will take many hours of development, I also do not want the app to feature advertising.
    16 
    17 requirements:
    18  - IPhone or iPad with iOS > = 7.0
    19  - A bit of technical understanding
    20  - Lust for testing
    21 
    22 A few recent screenshots :
    23  https://www.dropbox.com/sh/armi0c3q72i350h/vm3szZDzvK
    24 
    25 
    26 So in Version 1 I should be able to:
    27  
    28  - Browse by bouquets / channel lists + See Epg info and switch Channels.
    29  - Add timers on an event with the epg data.
    30  - List all timer
    31  - Delete Timer
    32  - easy remote copy with touch buttons
    33  - 2 profiles
    34  - Everywhere pull to refresh .
    35  - [ EDIT] Forgot , it will be multilingual or , DE, FR, IT and rest English. But languages ​​are all relatively retrofitted without hazzle
    36 
    37 Future features:
    38 
    39  - User: Password WebIf Auth . ( hopefully not often used)
    40 
    41  - Https support. ( Was I already am going to test with self-signed stuff but totally in the pants ... )
    42 
    43  - The stream to an iOS device is just not as easy as on Android that is why they first moved to the rear.
    44  
    45 
    46 BETA testing runs like this:
    47  
    48  * 1 You send with your UUID ( google iOS Device UUID to find out )
    49 
    50  * 2 Your you created an account at https://build.phonegap.com ( Free is sufficient).
    51 
    52  * 3 You share me with your UUID and email phonegap.build accounts.
    53  
    54 When that's done you can you log on your mobile Safari in build.phonegap.com and always install it there through the browser to the latest build. (OTA Installation).
    55  
    56 This is perfectly legal and possible even without jailbreak.
    57 
    58 
    59 if you are intreseed in becomming a better tester please leave a message in the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?100699-iOS-TitanNit-iOS-App-!-titanMote-!-Tester-gesucht!&p=974748#post974748 | forum]].
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''9.6 TitanNit Language Editor''' [=#point9.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 The TitanNit Language Editor tool is used to provide translations files for devs to implement translations into the TitanNit gui.
    7 
    8 === Made by Karlo ===
    9 
    10 German and English languages have been made and have been merged into svn.
    11 To support future languages you can use this program to download  the language base files from the svn for conversion it supports UTF-8 so special
    12 chracters from various languages can be implemented.
    13 
    14 Please check the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?98565-TitanNitLanguageEditor forum Link | main thread]] for the latest version, or the [#point9.6.7 Changelog]:
    15 
    16 
    17 
    18 This program requires microsoft visual basic runtime files to operate.
    19 
    20 Once you have made a Translation you may upload the translation po files to the aaf forum for implementation into TitanNit.
    21 
    22 If you think you can help with a translation please do so at the end of this page there is information on ([#point9.6.5 Submission]).
    23 
    24 
    25 [[br]]
    26 
    27 ----
    28 '''Features''' ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    29 ----
    30  
    31 * load po file from svn __"File/ Open Source (svn)"__
    32 * Import po file from svn or local as source __"File/ Import Titan.po"__
    33 * open local file as target__"File/ Open target (local)"__
    34 * save target file __"File/ Save Target"__
    35 * save target file as titan.po __"File/ Save titan.po"__
    36 * export msg string for external use __"File/ Export msgstr as Titan.po"__
    37 * Build reciever translation file __"File/ Build Titan.mo"__
    38 * export sourcefile to target __"Edit/ target.po -> target"__
    39 * view source target differences __"Edit/ diff target - titan.po"__
    40 
    41 [[br]]
    42 
    43 ----
    44 '''Functions'''  ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    45 ----
    46 
    47 ''Select an item to view more info:''
    48 
    49 * ([#point9.6.1 Loading a translation from svn])
    50 * ([#point9.6.2 Loading a Translation from a local directory])
    51 * ([#point9.6.3 Import Translation from svn or local (Source/ Target Mode)])
    52 * ([#point9.6.4 Edit Translation])
    53 * ([#point9.6.5 Submission])
    54 * ([#point9.6.6 Local Testing])
    55 
    56 
    57 
    58 ----
    59 '''Loading a translation from svn''' [=#point9.6.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    60 ----
    61 
    62 To load a translation from the server SVN repo select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
    63 
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/open_server.jpg)]] [[br]]
    65 
    66 it will then start downloading from the internet.[[br]]
    67 
    68 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/loading_server.jpg)]] [[br]]
    69 
    70 [[br]]
    71 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    72 [[br]]
    73 
    74 ----
    75 '''Loading a Translation from a local directory''' [=#point9.6.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    76 ----
    77 
    78 To load a translation from the local directory select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
    79 
    80 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/open_local.jpg)]] [[br]]
    81 
    82 [[br]]
    83 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    84 [[br]]
    85 
    86 ----
    87 '''Import Translation from svn or local (Source/ Target Mode)'''[=#point9.6.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    88 ----
    89 
    90 To import a translation from svn or the local directory select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
    91 Note: for this to work a source file must be loaded first [[br]]
    92 
    93 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/import_file.jpg)]] [[br]]
    94 
    95 [[br]]
    96 
    97 you will then be dispalyed with this view to view the two po files along side each other:
    98 
    99 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/import_list_view.jpg)]] [[br]]
    100 
    101 [[br]]
    102 
    103 you can then select __"Edit/ diff target - titan.po"__ to view the source and target differences.
    104 
    105 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/diff_target.jpg)]] [[br]]
    106 
    107 [[br]]
    108 
    109 you can also automatically merge the source files to the target file  by selecting __"Edit/ target.po -> target"__
    110 
    111 [[br]]
    112 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    113 [[br]]
    114 
    115 ----
    116 '''Edit Translation''' [=#point9.6.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    117 ----
    118 
    119 
    120 Now that it is loaded you may edit the msgid strings to suit your language and upload to the aaf forum.
    121 you may use the buttons on the lower taskbar to search for strings you wish to edit.[[br]]
    122 
    123 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/edit.jpg)]]
    124 
    125 [[br]]
    126 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    127 [[br]]
    128  
    129 ----
    130 '''Submission'''[=#point9.6.5]  ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    131 ----
    132 
    133 If you could submit your completed translation file into the thread below for comitting by the devs into svn.
    134  
    135 please note that some translations may no be able to be imported into some receivers due to memory constarints.
    136 
    137 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?98565-TitanNitLanguageEditor forum Link]
    138 
    139 [[br]]
    140 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    141 [[br]]
    142 
    143 ----
    144 '''Local Testing''' [=#point9.6.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    145 ----
    146 
    147 If you wish to install your modified language files into your reciever for testing you can so by exporting you file an a titan.mo file you can do this by selecting __"File/ Build Titan.mo"__ for this to work you need to install some aditional components  in to the program directory.
    148 
    149 To do this create a folder in the program directory called __"gettext"__ and extract the below files into that directory:
    150 
    151 
    152 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-runtime-0.13.1.bin.woe32.zip gettext-runtime] [[br]]
    153 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/libiconv/libiconv-1.9.1.bin.woe32.zip libiconv] [[br]]
    154 [http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-tools-0.13.1.bin.woe32.zip gettext-tools] [[br]]
    155 
    156 Once you have exported your titan.mo file you may ftp or manually copy it onto your Receiver to test it.
    157 
    158 The file needs to go into the directory and a reboot neede to be proformed afterwards:  '''/var/usr/local/share/titan/po/__??__/LC_MESSAGES/titan.mo)''' where __??__ is the language file you are editing.
    159 
    160 ''Note: if you have trouble exporting the translation to a mo file place the program directory on the root of your harddisk it can some times fail if the program it too deep in the file system''
    161 
    162 [[br]]
    163 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    164 [[br]]
    165 
    166 ----
    167 '''Change log''' [=#point9.6.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    168 ----
    169 
    170 
    171 
    172 Version 0.7 :
    173  * Loading and saving is now Uniformly in UTF- 8! Now special characters can be used from other languages.
    174  
    175 Version 0.8 :
    176  
    177  * minor changes
    178  * 'Build titan.mo ' for more infomation see ([#point9.6.6 Local Testing])
    179 
    180 Version 0.8.1 :
    181  * 1 Column now displays the line number of the msgid
    182  * 'Build titan.mo ' - in case of error in a makeMo.cmd Prog -Dir is created at the (click ) is probably better to see what 's going on
    183  * 'Edit / show only diff ' - same entries appear at msgid <> titan.po from
    184 
    185 Version 0.8.2 :
    186  * Fixed tooltip error
    187 
    188 Version 0.9.0 :
    189  * Fixed Error 13 - Thanks to Channel beta-testing
    190  * 'Import 2 po file ' to load an alternate po -files
    191  * ' titan.po -> Target' copied now empty fields Double entry copied by msgid
    192 
    193 version 0.9.1 :
    194  * svn version is displayed and saved as ' .... po.55555.svn '
    195  * thus can also be compared with an old ( stored ) version
    196 
    197 [[br]]
    198 ([#point9.6 Top of Page])
    199 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/File-Browser

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.5 File Browser''' [=#point3.2.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/file_manager.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can browse files from any source available from your decoder (local or network)
    10 > you may do such things as copy delete and move.
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Filesystem-Check

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5.1 File system Check''' [=#point3.5.5.1] ([WikiStart#point3.5 System (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Filesystem-Check.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13  
    14 
    15 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Format-Hdd

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 system (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Format-Hdd.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts.
    9 Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available format options in this display.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14  
    15 
    16 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Free-Space

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.2 Free Space''' [=#point3.7.8.2] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Free-Space.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the free space of all the file systems acessable from the decoder.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Functions

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''2 Interface Elements''' [=#point2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 ----
    6 [[br]]
    7 This section will show the functions and controls of the various elements in the gui within TitanNit and discriptions to the various
    8 items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
    9 
    10 Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan.
    11 If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows all the functions displayed below are implemented in all skins but some elements may be omitted from the display in some skins:
    12 
    13  Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu.
    14  The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin.
    15 
    16 ----
    17 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    18  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    19   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    20   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    21 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.1])]]
    22   }}}
    23   '''[#point2.1 infobar]'''[[br]]
    24   {{{#!div style="float: left
    25 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching TV.
    26   }}}
    27   }}}
    28   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    29   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    30 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/playback_infobar.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point2.2 TitanNit Info])]]
    31   }}}
    32   '''[#point2.2 Playback infobar]'''[[br]]
    33   {{{#!div style="float: left
    34 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player.
    35   }}}
    36   }}}
    37   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    38   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    39 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/AudioTracks_infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.3])]]
    40   }}}
    41   '''[#point2.3 Audiotracks infobar]'''[[br]]
    42   {{{#!div style="float: left
    43 Default display when pressing the __Audio__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player.
    44   }}}
    45   }}}
    46   |----
    47   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    48   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    49 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Channel History.png,align=left,link=[#point2.4])]]
    50   }}}
    51   '''[#point2.4 Channel History]'''[[br]]
    52   {{{#!div style="float: left
    53 Default display when pressing the __Recall__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player.
    54   }}}
    55   }}}
    56   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    57   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    58 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Sleep_Timer.png,align=left,link=[#point2.5])]]
    59   }}}
    60   '''[#point2.5 Sleep Timer]'''[[br]]
    61   {{{#!div style="float: left
    62 Default display when pressing the __Sleep_ button while the decoder is in operation.
    63   }}}
    64   }}}
    65   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    66   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    67 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Subtitle.png,align=left,link=[#point2.6])]]
    68   }}}
    69   '''[#point2.6  Subtitle]'''[[br]]
    70   {{{#!div style="float: left
    71 Default display when pressing the __Subtitle__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player.
    72   }}}
    73   }}}
    74   |----
    75   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    76   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    77 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/EPG.png,align=left,link=[#point2.7])]]
    78   }}}
    79   '''[#point2.7 EPG]'''[[br]]
    80  {{{#!div style="float: left
    81 Default display when pressing the __EPG__ button while watching TV.
    82   }}}
    83   }}}
    84   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    85   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    86 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/program_info.png,align=left,link=[#point2.8])]]
    87   }}}
    88   '''[#point2.8 Program Info]'''[[br]]
    89    {{{#!div style="float: left
    90 Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while viewing the EPG.
    91   }}}
    92   }}}
    93   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    94   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    95 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/player.png,align=left,link=[#point2.9])]]
    96   }}}
    97   '''[#point2.9 Player]'''[[br]]
    98   {{{#!div style="float: left
    99 Default display when pressing the __Play_ button.
    100   }}}
    101   }}}
    102   |----
    103   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    104   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    105 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/favourite.png,align=left,link=[#point2.10])]]
    106   }}}
    107   '''[#point2.10 Favourite]'''[[br]]
    108   {{{#!div style="float: left
    109 Default display when pressing the __FAV__ button.
    110   }}}
    111   }}}
    112   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    113   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    114 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/record.png,align=left,link=[#point2.11])]]
    115   }}}
    116   '''[#point2.11 Record]'''[[br]]
    117   {{{#!div style="float: left
    118 Default display when pressing the __REC__ button while watching TV.
    119   }}}
    120   }}}
    121 
    122 
    123  }}}
    124 }}}
    125 ----
    126 [[BR]]
    127 
    128 
    129 
    130 
    131 
    132 '''Infobar''' [=#point2.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    133 
    134 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    135 This overlay display shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
    136 It shows actual and next program information
    137 
    138 [[br]]
    139 '''Playback Infobar''' [=#point2.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    140 
    141 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Playback-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    142 This overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when playing back a program or time shift is in operation. [[br]]
    143 It shows a list of the available buttons to use when in playbac/timeshift to do various things.
    144 
    145 [[br]]
    146 '''Audio Track''' [=#point2.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    147 
    148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Audio-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    149 This overlay shows when you press the __"AUDIO""__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
    150 It allows you to adjust the audio track on the current stream if an alternative audio source exists.
    151 
    152 [[br]]
    153 '''History''' [=#point2.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    154 
    155 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/History-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    156 This overlay shows when you press the __"RECALL"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
    157 It allows you to recall the past viewed channels for fast zapping between them.
    158 
    159 [[br]]
    160 '''Sleep Timer''' [=#point2.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    161 
    162 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Sleep-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    163 This overlay shows when you press the __"SLEEP"__ button. [[br]]
    164 It allows you to set the shutdown timer to automatically shutdown the receiver.
    165 
    166 [[br]]
    167 '''Subtitle''' [=#point2.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    168 
    169 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Subtitle-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    170 This overlay shows when you press the __"SUBTITLE"__ button. [[br]]
    171 It allows you to select/enable a subtitle during playback.
    172 
    173 [[br]]
    174 '''EPG''' [=#point2.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    175 
    176 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    177 This overlay shows when you press the __"EPG"__ button. [[br]]
    178 It shows a list of the program information from here you can setup a timer or search the EPG.
    179 
    180 [[br]]
    181 '''Program Info''' [=#point2.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    182 
    183 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Program-Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    184 This Overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when in the EPG display. [[br]]
    185 This shows the current selected program information.
    186 
    187 [[br]]
    188 '''Player''' [=#point2.9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    189 
    190 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    191 This overlay shows when you press the __"PLAY"__ button. [[br]]
    192 It allows you to select a movie or recording to play it also has a basic file manager.
    193 
    194 [[br]]
    195 '''Favourite''' [=#point2.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    196 
    197 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Favourite-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    198 This overlay shows when you press the __"FAV"__ button. [[br]]
    199 It allows you to brouse through your favourits lists.
    200 
    201 [[br]]
    202 '''Record''' [=#point2.11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    203 
    204 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Record-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
    205 This overlay shows when you press the __"RECORD"__ button. [[br]]
    206 It allows you to set the record function on the current tv channel.
    207 
    208 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Git-Changelog

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.7 GIT Changelog''' [=#point3.7.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Git_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can git information.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Graphic-EPG

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.3 Graphic EPG''' [=#point3.1.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Graphical_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Graphic EPG is a multi channel graphical EPG.
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    15 
    16  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
    17  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    18  
    19  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    21  ||'''FAV Button: (Favourite)''' ||This will bring up Favourite Boquet menu to select the EPG you would like to display.||
    22  ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.||
    23  
    24 
    25 
    26 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.
    27 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([WikiStart#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
  • wiki/pages/nl/HTTP-Settings

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/HTTP-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can setup your HTTP interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 ||'''Start HTTPD:''' ||Start the webserver.||
    13  ||'''User:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
    14  ||'''Password:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
    15  ||'''HTTPD Port:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
    16  ||'''IP for Stream:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
    17  ||'''Stream Port:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    18  ||'''Start RGUID:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
    19  ||'''RGUID Port''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
    20  
    21  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    22  
    23 [[br]]
    24 ----
    25 
    26  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    27 
    28  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    29  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    30  
    31  ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will bring up the onscreen keyboard to edit the currently selected test string.||
    32 
    33 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Hard-Disk

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Hard_Disk.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can configure your harddisk.[[BR]]
    10 please select a menu item for more information.
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  * ([wiki:Format-Hdd#point3.5.5.1 Format HDD])
    14  * ([wiki:Filesystem-Check#point3.5.5.2 Filesystem Check])
    15  * ([wiki:Configure#point3.5.5.3 Configure])
    16  * ([wiki:Time-to-sleep#point3.5.5.4 Time to sleep])
    17 
    18 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/History

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''1 TitanNit Info Contents ''' [=#point1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 [[br]]
    6 This section conatins information on TitanNit and frequently asked questions about it.
    7 Please choose an item below to find more information.
    8 
    9 You may select a skip to a specific setup topic or scroll down to read the complete guide.
    10 
    11 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    12  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    13   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    14   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    15 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/About.png,align=left,link=[#point1.1])]]
    16   }}}
    17   '''([#point1.1 About])'''[[br]]
    18   {{{#!div style="float: left
    19 click here to find info about TitanNit
    20   }}}
    21   }}}
    22   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    23   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    24 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/History.png,align=left,link=[#point1.2])]]
    25   }}}
    26   '''([#point1.2 History])'''[[br]]
    27   {{{#!div style="float: left
    28 click here to find info on the beginnings of TitanNit
    29   }}}
    30   }}}
    31   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    32   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    33 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Features.png,align=left,link=[#point1.3])]]
    34   }}}
    35   '''([#point1.3 Features])'''[[br]]
    36   {{{#!div style="float: left
    37 click here to find info on the various features of TitanNit
    38   }}}
    39   }}}
    40 }}}
    41 }}}
    42 
    43 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    44  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    45   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    46   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    47 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Frequnetly_Asked_Questions.png,align=left,link=[#point1.4])]]
    48   }}}
    49   '''([#point1.4 Frequently Asked Questions])'''[[br]]
    50   {{{#!div style="float: left
    51 Apendixcies/ references [[br]]to other setup related topics.
    52   }}}
    53   }}}
    54 }}}
    55 }}}
    56 [[br]]
    57 [[br]]
    58 
    59 ----
    60 '''1 About''' [=#point1.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    61 ----
    62 [[br]]
    63 TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers.
    64 It has come about  as the users/devs wanted something better than was currently available.
    65 TitanNit is spawned from other projects and is developed by users come devs so it is easy of use but yet still remains powerfull and configurable and feature packed.[[br]]
    66 [[br]]
    67 [[br]]
    68 
    69 ----
    70 '''1 History''' [=#point1.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    71 ----
    72 [[br]]
    73  * Everything started in April 2011. For almost three weeks our Developer Nit secretly worked on the foundation of Titan. After the presentation by Nit Obi and the rest of the team came on board. Everybody was surprised by the rapid development of the Titan Project.
    74  * From the beginning the development and source of Titan was nonpublic, as it was not to be foreseen in which direction the development would go.
    75  * After a development period of 6 months our hardware manufacturer Atemio declared interest in the project. Looking back at Years of support through Atemio with the Enigma2 Software, Atemio was given main priority for Titan project.
    76  * A six-months agreement with Atemio was signed in December 2011.
    77  * Due to the good cooperation the agreement was extended and is still in force.
    78  * The basic idea for this project originated for various reasons:
    79   * due to the missing Python Chip and low CPU speed the sh4 receivers have always had problems with Enigma2.
    80   * the constant improvement and expansion of Enigma2 and the TDT Git was comprehensive and time-consuming.
    81   * the alternative Neutrino GIT at that time was not layed out to support twin tuner Receivers.
    82   * Nit then decided to combine both, the Enigma2 and the Neutrino, to a new Gui which implemented all advantages of both systems.
    83   * Neutrinos main advantage has always been its speed
    84   * Enigma2s advantage was the ease of integration and expansion with skins and extensions
    85   * These two systems combined into one new system was the basic idea of Titan.
    86 [[br]]
    87 [[br]]
    88 
    89 ----
    90 '''2 Features''' [=#point1.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    91 ----
    92 [[br]]
    93 '' Highlights of TitanNit ''
    94 
    95      - Powerful Linux operating system
    96      - Fast boot
    97          - About 1 second from standby mode
    98          - About 25 seconds from the deep standby mode
    99      - Fast channel switching times (less than 1 second)
    100      - Different menu interfaces (skins) including customization options
    101      - Many options to customize the system to your needs
    102      - Backup / Restore function
    103      - Organized Favourites and Channel listings and the direct list of following Programs. 
    104      - Multi-Tuner
    105      - Plug-in management
    106      - Supports many media formats
    107      - Wide range of plugins
    108      - PC programs to personalize and convert the channel list
    109      - Screen saver in radio mode
    110      - Remote control buttons freely assignable
    111      - Online update of the firmware with the ability to retain settings
    112      - Low memory consumption
    113      - 24 hour Forum Support
    114      - Growing Community
    115      - Web Interface
    116      - Android app "timote"
    117      - Windows App "tiView"
    118      - Bouquets Editor "SatchannelListEditor"
    119 [[br]]
    120 
    121 
    122 ----
    123 '''Frequently Asked Questions''' [=#point1.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    124 ----
    125 [[br]]
    126 
    127 '''What is Titan?'''[[br]]TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers designed to completly replace the factory software.
    128 [[br]]
    129 
    130 '''What can Titan do?'''[[br]]Titan was primarally designed to play/view and record live tv services from tresterial, cable and satellite, it can also be used to play/view the most popular video, audio, and picture formats, and many more lesser-known formats, including:
    131  Video - DVD-Video, VCD/SVCD, MPEG-1/2/4, DivX, XviD, Matroska
    132 Audio - MP3, AAC.
    133 Picture - JPG, GIF, PNG.
    134 
    135 
    136 These can all be played directly from the hard-drive or from a computer over a local network (LAN) internet IPTV services and media streams hosted by the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 TiThek]] plugin.
    137 
    138  TitanNit can play DVD-Video movies (with and without menus) from ISO/IMG images and even ZIP/RAR-archives with the use of the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 dvd-player plugin]].
    139  TitanNit has a simple user interface that's pleasant and easy to use.
    140 
    141 All these features enable your device to function as a full multimedia entertainment system for your tv for the whole family to enjoy.
    142 [[br]]
    143 [[br]]
    144 
    145 '''What features does TitanNit have?'''[[br]]See the complete list of supported features in the [[wiki:Versions#point6 software versions changelog]] for information of the offically supported features.
    146 [[br]]
    147 [[br]]
    148  
    149 '''Where can I suggest/request a new feature or function to be implemented into TitanNit?'''[[br]]You can log a NEW feature/function request in our tracker. Just make sure that you first remember to search for existing "Feature Requests" before logging a new request/ticket! (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting] for information on submitting a ticket).
    150 
    151 You may also post a copy of your suggestion in the feature-suggestion section of our [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum] if you want it open for discussion,
    152 Please respect that your request only counts as a suggestion, there' s no guarantee that it will implemented soon or ever.
    153 
    154 Almost all users think their own ideas is the most important, and a very common comment is: "if you only add these features then TitanNit will be perfect for me".
    155 
    156 You could try bribing the devs with elaborate gifts :-) flattery will get you every where and agorant requests will most likely get your posts deleted or get you banned from the forum please follow the rules of the forum [http://www.aaf-digital.info/ here].
    157 [[br]]
    158 [[br]]
    159  
    160 '''When will this and that feature or function be supported by TitanNit?'''[[br]]TitanNit development is driven by the tasks that are important to the individual developers and to the hardware sponsors Atemio, if you have a funky idea or feature you wish implemented submit a request ticket (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting], but make an extensive search of the forum and tickets before requesting it as it has probally been sugested before.
    161 [[br]]
    162 [[br]]
    163 
    164 '''Is TitanNit, or the AAFTeam affiliated with Fortis, katherin or ..... or the hardware manufacturer of my Reciever?'''[[br]]No, TitanNit and its members are not in any way affiliated with the manufactures in any way. TitanNit is a third party operating system designed to replace the manufactures original operating system.
    165 [[br]]
    166 [[br]]
    167 
    168 '''Will the instalation of Titan Void my Warranty?'''[[br]]Yes probally but this software is tested to ensure it won't dammage your reciever and can be reverted at any time to a factory condition. please see [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] for a list of suspected supported receivers, If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated and verified.
    169 
    170 If the factory software was so feature packed and bugless there would be no need for software like TitanNit but sadly this is a world where software is driven by sales and purchases by the big players who request features, but TitanNit is a little different it was started just because the users/ devs wanted something better than what was handed to them by the manufacturer.
    171 [[br]]
    172 [[br]]
    173 
    174 '''Why is TitanNit Not available for my receiver model XXX?'''[[br]]TitanNit is funded by Atemio who supplys hardware to the devs in return for developing software for use on these devices.
    175 In future TitanNit may be available for your receiver as support in increaced, at this time Titan in in development for the Broadcom Mips Archeture for the upcomming release of the Atemio 5200 which will be the first non SH4 based reciever supported by TitanNit.
    176 [[br]]
    177 [[br]]
    178 
    179 '''How do I ...'''[[br]] I don't know I suggest you read the [wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide], manual, check the rest of the wiki or proform a [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/search.php?search_type=1 search] on the forum, as it has most likely been asked before and you will find the answer, as a last resort post a question on the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum].
    180 [[br]]
    181 [[br]]
    182 
    183 '''Where should I put videos/music and pictures so that Titan can read it?''' [[br]]Anywhere you like. TitanNit can read off the local harddisk,usb sticks, or from network sources. Simply press "Add a Source" using the network Browser and browse away.
    184 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Network-Browser.jpg, 25%)]][[br]]
    185 [[br]]
    186 [[br]]
    187 
    188 '''What is the default username and password to the built-in FTP server and telnet server?'''Both the default password and the user name is “root” (in lower case) as with many linux instalations.
    189 [[br]]
    190 [[br]]
    191 
    192 '''Can I watch recordings from my decoder when on holiday?'''[[br]]yes you can you will need to set up either a static ip on your home network or set up a dynadns server, from there you can log onto the web interface and use video lan to watch tv or your recordings.
    193 [[br]]
    194 [[br]]
    195 
    196 '''Can I thank and or Chat the TitanNit team?''[[br]]Yes sure you can jump on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/ AAFforum]]  and leave a post and or stop by [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype] and request a invite the majority of us speak german, some of us speak english also.
    197 
    198 '''Do you accept donations?'''[[br]] the team is currently fully funded and no donations are nesessary but if you have some device that may be of use with titan feel free to contact us.
    199 
    200 '''How come the Wiki does not show how to operate feature or function.....?'''[[br]]Titan Is in development and is updated almost daily some features plugins or informations have yet to be merged in, this forum is open to editing by the community feel free to log in and add said feature's informatation to the wiki.
    201 [[br]]
    202 [[br]]
    203 
    204 ([#point1 Top of Page])
    205  
    206  
    207 
    208 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8 Installation and Recovery Contents''' [=#point8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 This section contains information on installation and removal of TitanNit from your receiver
    6 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    7  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    8   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    9   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    10 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]]
    11   }}}
    12   '''SH4 Atemio'''[[br]]
    13   {{{#!div style="float: left
    14  [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage]
    15  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.000 Contents]
    16  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.001 Atemio510]
    17  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.002 Atemio520]
    18  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.003 Atemio530]
    19  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.004 Atemio7600]
    20  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.005 Atemio700]
    21  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.006 Atemio7000]
    22   }}}
    23   }}}
    24   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    25   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    26 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Fortis.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage)]]
    27   }}}
    28   '''SH4 Fortis'''[[br]]
    29    {{{#!div style="float: left
    30  [http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage]
    31  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.010 Contents]
    32  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.011 Fortis Clone]
    33  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.012 Bootloader Installation]
    34  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.013 Fortis FS-9000]
    35  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.014 Fortis FS-9200]
    36  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.015 Fortis HS-9510]
    37  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.016 Fortis HX-8200]
    38  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.017 Fortis HS-7810]
    39   }}}
    40   }}}
    41  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    42   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    43 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/homecast.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage)]]
    44   }}}
    45   '''SH4 Homecast'''[[br]]
    46  {{{#!div style="float: left
    47  [http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage]
    48  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.020 Contents]
    49  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.021 Homecast Pro]
    50   }}}
    51   }}}
    52   |----
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/IPBox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage)]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''SH4 IPBox'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59  [http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage]
    60  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.030 Contents]
    61  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.031 Ipbox91]
    62  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.032 Ipbox900]
    63  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.033 Ipbox910]
    64  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.034 Ipbox9000]
    65   }}}
    66   }}}
    67   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    68   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    69 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/kathrein.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage)]]
    70   }}}
    71   '''SH4 Katherin'''[[br]]
    72   {{{#!div style="float: left
    73  [http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage]
    74  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.040 Contents]
    75  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.041 Ufs910]
    76  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.042 Ufs912]
    77  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.043 Ufs913]
    78  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.044 Ufs922]
    79  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.045 Ufc960]
    80   }}}
    81   }}}
    82   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    83   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    84 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Spark.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]]
    85   }}}
    86   '''SH4 Spark'''[[br]]
    87   {{{#!div style="float: left
    88  [http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage]
    89  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.050 Contents]
    90  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.051 Spark7111]
    91  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.052 Spark7162]
    92   }}}
    93   }}}
    94   |----
    95  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    96   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    97 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]]
    98   }}}
    99   '''Mips Atemio'''[[br]]
    100   {{{#!div style="float: left
    101  [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage]
    102  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.060 Contents]
    103  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.061 Atemio5000 AKA Nemesis]
    104  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.062 Atemio5200]
    105  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.063 Atemio6000]
    106  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.064 Atemio6100]
    107  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.065 Atemio6200]
    108   }}}
    109   }}}
    110   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    111   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    112 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/beyonwiz.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage)]]
    113   }}}
    114   '''Mips Beyonwiz'''[[br]]
    115  {{{#!div style="float: left
    116  [http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage]
    117 
    118  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.070 Contents]
    119  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.071 BeyonwizT4]
    120   }}}
    121   }}}
    122   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    123   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    124 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Goldern_Interstar.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage)]]
    125   }}}
    126   '''Mips Golden Interstar'''[[br]]
    127   {{{#!div style="float: left
    128  [http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage]
    129  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.080 Contents]
    130  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.081 Xpeedlx1/2]
    131  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.082 Xpeedlx3]
    132   }}}
    133   }}}
    134   |----
    135   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    136   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    137 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Miraclebox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.miraclebox.se miraclebox homepage)]]
    138   }}}
    139   '''Mips Miraclebox[[br]]
    140   {{{#!div style="float: left
    141  [http://www.miraclebox.se Miraclebox homepage]
    142  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.090 Contents]
    143  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.091 MBUltra]
    144  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.092 MBMini]
    145 }}}
    146 }}}
    147   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    148   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    149 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Sezam.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage)]]
    150   }}}
    151   '''Mips Sezam'''[[br]]
    152  {{{#!div style="float: left
    153  [http://www.sezam-club.ru/ Mips Sezam homepage]
    154  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.100 Contents]
    155  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.101 Sezam-Marvel]
    156  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.102 Sezam-1000HD]
    157   }}}
    158   }}}
    159 }}}
    160 }}}
    161 
    162 
    163 ----   
    164 '''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.113] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    165 ----
    166 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
    167 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    168 
    169   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    170 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    171  
    172 [[br]] 
    173 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    174 [[br]]
    175 
    176 
    177 
    178 
    179 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.061 Mips Atemio''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 manufacturer blurb.....
    7 
    8 
    9 
    10 
    11 
    12 ----
    13 '''8.061 Atemio-Nemesis''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    14 ----
    15 '' How do I install an Atemio 5000 Update UBI image? ''
    16  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    17  * Extract the zip file
    18  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    19     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    20      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    21  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    22  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    23  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    24    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    25     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    26  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    27 [[br]]
    28 [#point8 Top of Page]
    29 [[br]]
    30 ----
    31 '''8.062 Atemio5200''' [=#point8.062] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    32 ----
    33 '' How do I install an Atemio 5200 Update UBI image? ''
    34  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    35  * Extract the zip file
    36  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    37     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    38      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    39  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    40  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    41  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    42    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    43     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    44  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    45 [[br]]
    46 [#point8 Top of Page]
    47 [[br]]
    48 ----
    49 '''8.063 Atemio6000''' [=#point8.063] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    50 ----
    51 '' How do I install an Atemio 6000 Update UBI image? ''
    52  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    53  * Extract the zip file
    54  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    55     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    56      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    57  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    58  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    59  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    60    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    61     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    62  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    63 [[br]]
    64 [#point8 Top of Page]
    65 [[br]]
    66 ----
    67 '''8.064 Atemio6100''' [=#point8.064] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    68 ----
    69 '' How do I install an Atemio 6100 Update UBI image? ''
    70  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    71  * Extract the zip file
    72  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    73     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    74      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    75  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    76  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    77  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    78    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    79     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    80  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    81 [[br]]
    82 [#point8 Top of Page]
    83 [[br]]
    84 ----
    85 '''8.065 Atemio6200''' [=#point8.065] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    86 ----
    87 '' How do I install an Atemio 6200 Update UBI image? ''
    88  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    89  * Extract the zip file
    90  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    91     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    92      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    93  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    94  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    95  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    96    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    97     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    98  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    99 [[br]]
    100 [#point8 Top of Page]
    101 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.071 Beyonwiz''' [=#point8.070] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 
    7 manufacturer blurb.....
    8 
    9 
    10 ----
    11 '''8.071 Beyonwiz T4''' [=#point8.071] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    12 ----
    13 '' How do I install an Beyonwiz T4 Update UBI image? ''
    14  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    15  * Extract the zip file
    16  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    17     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    18      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    19  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    20  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    21  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    22    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    23     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    24  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    25 [[br]]
    26 [#point8 Top of Page]
    27 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.080 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.080] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 manufacturer blurb
    7 
    8 
    9 
    10 ----
    11 '''8.081 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.081] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    12 ----
    13 ''How do I install a Xpeedlx1/2 update image? ''
    14  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
    15  * Extract the zip file
    16  * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3"  to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    17     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    18  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    19  * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
    20  * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
    21 
    22 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    23 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    24 [[br]]
    25 [#point8 Top of Page]
    26 [[br]]
    27 ----
    28 '''8.082 goldern interstar Xpeedlx3''' [=#point8.082] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    29 ----
    30 ''How do I install a Xpeedlx3 update image? ''
    31  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
    32  * Extract the zip file
    33  * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    34     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    35  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    36  * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
    37  * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
    38 
    39 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    40 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    41 [[br]]
    42 [#point8 Top of Page]
    43 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.090 Miraclebox''' [=#point8.090] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 manufacturer blurb......
    7 
    8 
    9 
    10 
    11 
    12 ----
    13 '''8.091 Miraclebox Ultra''' [=#point8.091] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    14 ----
    15 '' How do I install an Miraclebox Ultra Update UBI image? ''
    16  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    17  * Extract the zip file
    18  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    19     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    20      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    21  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    22  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    23  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    24    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    25     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    26  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    27 [[br]]
    28 [#point8 Top of Page]
    29 [[br]]
    30 ----
    31 '''8.092 Miraclebox Mini''' [=#point8.092] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    32 ----
    33 '' How do I install an Miraclebox Mini Update UBI image? ''
    34  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    35  * Extract the zip file
    36  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    37     Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    38      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    39  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    40  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    41  * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
    42    then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
    43     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    44  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    45 [[br]]
    46 [#point8 Top of Page]
    47 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.100 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.100] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 manufacturer blurb....
    7 
    8 
    9 
    10 
    11 
    12 ----
    13 '''8.101 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.101] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    14 ----
    15 ''How do I install a Sezam-Marvel  update image? ''
    16  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
    17  * Extract the zip file
    18  * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    19     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    20  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    21  * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
    22  * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
    23 
    24 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    25 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    26 [[br]]
    27 [#point8 Top of Page]
    28 [[br]]
    29 ----
    30 '''8.102 Sezam-1000HD''' [=#point8.102] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
    31 ----
    32 ''How do I install a Sezam-1000HD  update image? ''
    33  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
    34  * Extract the zip file
    35  * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    36     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    37  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    38  * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
    39  * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
    40 
    41 Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    42 •After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    43 [[br]]
    44 [#point8 Top of Page]
    45 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''SH4 Atemio (Atevio)'''[=#point8.00]
    4 ----
    5 
    6 The SH4 Atemio recievers are manufactured by Fortis who are a Korean manufacturer of satellite receivers all atemio (atevio) models are compatible with TitanNit.
    7 as TitanNit was developed for these recievers no bootloader software ID changes are required to install TitanNit, some of these models cam factory supplied with TitanNit such as the atemio  530.
    8 
    9 '''SH4 Atemio Contents'''
    10 
    11  * [#point8.001 8.001 Atemio510]
    12  * [#point8.002 8.002 Atemio520]
    13  * [#point8.003 8.003 Atemio530]
    14  * [#point8.004 8.004 Atemio7600]
    15  * [#point8.005 8.005 Atevio700]
    16  * [#point8.006 8.006 Atevio7000]
    17 
    18 '''Additional Info'''
    19 
    20  * [#point8.007 8.007 Uninstallation]
    21  * [#point8.008 8.008 Update TitanNit]
    22  * [#point8.009 8.009 IRD Download Location]
    23 
    24 
    25 
    26 ----
    27 '''8.1 Atemio510 and Fortis HS-7810''' [=#point8.001] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    28 ----
    29 '' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? ''
    30  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    31  * Extract the zip file
    32  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    33      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    34      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    35      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    36  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    37  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    38  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    39    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    40      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    41  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    42 [[br]]
    43   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    44 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    45 [#point8 Top of Page]
    46 [[br]]
    47 ----
    48 '''8.2 Atemio520''' [=#point8.002] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    49 ----
    50 '' How do I install an Atemio 520 IRD image? ''
    51  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    52  * Extract the zip file
    53  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    54      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    55      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    56      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    57  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    58  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    59  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    60    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    61      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    62  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    63 [[br]]
    64   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    65 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    66 [#point8 Top of Page]
    67 [[br]]
    68 ----
    69 '''8.3 Atemio530''' [=#point8.003] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    70 ----
    71 '' How do I install an Atemio 530 IRD image? ''
    72  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    73  * Extract the zip file
    74  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    75      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    76      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    77      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    78  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    79  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    80  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    81    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    82      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    83  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    84 [[br]]
    85 [#point8 Top of Page]
    86 [[br]]
    87 ----
    88 '''8.4 Atemio7600 and Fortis HX-8200''' [=#point8.004] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    89 ----
    90 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
    91  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    92  * Extract the zip file
    93  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    94      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    95      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    96      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    97  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    98  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    99  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    100    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    101      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    102  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    103 [[br]]
    104   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    105 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    106 [#point8 Top of Page]
    107 [[br]]
    108 ----
    109 '''8.5 Atevio700''' [=#point8.005] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    110 ----
    111 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
    112  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    113  * Extract the zip file
    114  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    115      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    116      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    117      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    118  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    119  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    120  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    121    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    122      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    123  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    124 [[br]]
    125   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    126 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    127 [#point8 Top of Page]
    128 [[br]]
    129 ----
    130 '''8.6 Atevio7000 and Fortis FS-9000/9200''' [=#point8.006] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    131 ----
    132 '' How do I install an Atemio 7000 IRD image? ''
    133  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    134  * Extract the zip file
    135  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    136      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    137      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    138      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    139  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    140  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    141  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    142    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    143      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    144  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    145 [[br]]
    146   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
    147 * [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
    148 [#point8 Top of Page]
    149 [[br]]
    150 
    151 ----
    152 '''8.007 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.007] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    153 ----
    154 If you have an Atemio (Atevio) receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    155 
    156 
    157 [[br]]
    158 [#point8 Top of Page]
    159 [[br]]
    160 
    161 ----   
    162 '''8.008 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.008] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    163 ----
    164 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    165 
    166 IRD offline method see above [#point8.00 SH4 Atemio contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
    167 [[br]]
    168 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
    169 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    170 
    171 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    172 [[br]]
    173 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    174 [[br]]
    175 [#point8 Top of Page]
    176 [[br]]
    177 
    178 ----   
    179 '''8.009 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.009] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    180 ----
    181 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
    182 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    183  
    184 [[br]] 
    185 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    186 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''SH4 Fortis (hardware profile)'''[=#point8.010]
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Fortis Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.011 8.011 SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile]
    11  * [#point8.012 8.012 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)]
    12  * [#point8.013 8.013 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)]
    13  * [#point8.014 8.014 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)]
    14  * [#point8.015 8.015 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)]
    15 
    16 '''Additional Info'''
    17 
    18  * [#point8.012 8.016 Bootloader Installation] (required for a fortis/clone reciever to accept atemio software)
    19  * [#point8.111 8.017 Uninstallation On other Fortis Receivers]
    20  * [#point8.112 8.018 Update TitanNit]
    21  * [#point8.113 8.019 IRD Download Location]
    22 
    23 
    24 
    25 ----
    26 '''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile''' [=#point8.011]
    27 ----
    28 
    29 As it is virtually impossible to list every fortis clone box on this wiki and data would be repeated over and over again it is broken up into harware revisions to compair that to the atevio model of that box.
    30 This list will help you select the correct image and bootloader for your clone reciever below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
    31 See here for a full list of known Fortis ([wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers])
    32 
    33 {{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
    34 ||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Display'''||'''Width'''||'''features'''||
    35 ||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||43 cm|| ||
    36 ||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm|| ||
    37 ||[#point8.014 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||8-digit 14segment||34 cm|| ||
    38 ||[#point8.013 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+||
    39 ||[#point8.012 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-digit 7segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+||
    40 }}}
    41 '''NOTE:'''[[BR]]
    42  * The Fortis HS-7810 is a clone of the Atemio510/520 Models[[BR]]
    43  * The Fortis HX-8200 is a clone of the Atemio7600 Model[[BR]]
    44  * The Fortis HS-9510 is a clone of the Atemio700 clone Model[[BR]]
    45  * The Fortis FS-9000/Fortis FS-9200 is a clone of the Atemio7000 Models
    46 
    47 [[br]]
    48 [#point8 Top of Page]
    49 [[br]]
    50 
    51 ----
    52 '''8.1 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)''' [=#point8.012] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    53 ----
    54 '' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? ''
    55  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    56  * Extract the zip file
    57  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    58      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    59      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    60      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    61  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    62  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    63  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    64    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    65      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    66  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    67 [[br]]
    68 [#point8 Top of Page]
    69 [[br]]
    70 ----
    71 '''8.4 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)''' [=#point8.013] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    72 ----
    73 '' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
    74  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    75  * Extract the zip file
    76  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    77      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    78      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    79      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    80  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    81  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    82  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    83    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    84      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    85  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    86 [[br]]
    87 [#point8 Top of Page]
    88 [[br]]
    89 ----
    90 '''8.5 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)''' [=#point8.014] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    91 ----
    92 '' How do I install an Fortis HS-9510 IRD image? ''
    93  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    94  * Extract the zip file
    95  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    96      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    97      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    98      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    99  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    100  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    101  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    102    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    103      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    104  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    105 [[br]]
    106 [#point8 Top of Page]
    107 [[br]]
    108 ----
    109 '''8.6 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)''' [=#point8.015] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    110 ----
    111 '' How do I install an Fortis FS-9000/9200 IRD image? ''
    112  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    113  * Extract the zip file
    114  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    115      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    116      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    117      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    118  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    119  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
    120  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    121    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    122      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    123  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    124 [[br]]
    125 [#point8 Top of Page]
    126 [[br]]
    127 
    128 '''Aditional Info'''
    129 ----
    130 '''8.012 installation on other Fortis Receivers'''  [=#point8.016] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    131 ----
    132 '''Installation Notes:'''
    133 
    134 ''If you wish to try or install titan you need to install an Atemio/Atevio factory loader. The original Atemio Bootloader has a security code within so an installation of Titan is not possible with any other fortis loader''
    135 
    136 ''If you wish to install Titan the loader version must be 1.54 or above. Titan versions above 1.32 require the new Iboot loader which needs to be installed first if not present.''
    137 
    138 ''There are various ways that are explained below:''
    139  
    140 [[br]]
    141 
    142 '''AAF Recovery Tool (ART) method'''
    143 
    144  * Install the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) and set up a connection to your receiver
    145  * Set the IP address and subnet mask of your uboot environment.
    146  * Reboot the receiver and reconnect to change the settings.
    147  * Install the factory loader and reboot.
    148  * The factory loader you installed is version 1.21 that you have to update to 1.54 to be compatible with Titan
    149  * Visit the [http:((www-atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loaader (1.54).
    150  * Extract the zip file
    151   * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    152      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    153      "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    154      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    155  * Turn off the receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    156  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your receiver
    157  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    158    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    159      Note: Should the installation not start, try a different USB stick.
    160  * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
    161 
    162 ''You may now install Titan''
    163 [[br]]
    164 [#point8 Top of Page]
    165 [[br]]
    166 
    167 '''Cross Flash Method'''
    168 
    169 ''This method explains how to install the HDF bootloader flash plugin to your fortis receiver and flash an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader from the plugin menu.''
    170 
    171 * Download the HDF Bootloader flash plugin from the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF Digital forum].
    172  * Extract the zip file
    173  * Now copy the unzipped Plugin folder to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    174      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    175      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    176      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    177  * go to the plugins section in your receiver and install the plugin and then start it.
    178  * type in the password contained in the zip file and follow the onscreen prompts.
    179  * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
    180 
    181 ''You may now install TitanNit''
    182 [[br]]
    183 [#point8 Top of Page]
    184 [[br]]
    185 
    186 '''Reseller Changer Tool Method'''
    187 
    188 ''This method explains how to change the Reseler ID of an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader and flash it to any compatible Fortis receiver from the plugin menu.''
    189 
    190 
    191 * Visit the [http://www.atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loader.
    192  * Extract the zip file
    193  * use the reseller ID changer tool and change the IRD to that of your reseller ID.
    194  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    195      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    196      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    197      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    198  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    199  * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver.
    200  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
    201    and the installation begins. Only then release the button
    202      Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
    203  * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
    204 
    205 
    206 This method requires you to also change the reseller ID to be able to install TitanNit.
    207 
    208 
    209 '''Be aware should it the installation fail or a loss of Power occur during the flashing process you could brick your receiver as there is no recovery method. Compatibility with other receivers is not guaranteed but you may find a list of compatible receivers in the [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] section.'''
    210 [[br]]
    211 [#point8 Top of Page]
    212 [[br]]
    213 ----
    214 '''8.111 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.017] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    215 ----
    216 If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    217 
    218 Uninstalling titan and switching back to the original reseller loader can't be done (easily) for other fortis receivers but there is one simple alternative method outlined below.
    219 
    220 
    221 '''Uninstalling Titan on non Atemio/Atevio receiver and restore Reseller ID with Maxi-uboot'''
    222 
    223 If you have iboot installed then you must install a version of TitanNit older than 1.32 before using this method.
    224 
    225 This will install the factory Atemio loader that is compatible with the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) to be able to install the Maxiuboot Loader.
    226 
    227 In order for this method to work make sure the setting Allow __"Iboot Update"__ is enabled in [wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 Iboot].
    228 
    229 When successfully achieved you may start up ART from your PC and install Maxiuboot.
    230 
    231 [[br]]
    232 
    233 Once installed you may set up your bootargs and change your Reseller ID back to its factory settings. For flashin original Firmware or other Software please refere to your receivers' manual or instructions.
    234 [[br]]
    235 [#point8 Top of Page]
    236 [[br]]
    237 
    238 ----   
    239 '''8.112 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.018] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    240 ----
    241 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    242 
    243 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
    244 [[br]]
    245 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
    246 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    247 
    248 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    249 [[br]]
    250 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    251 [[br]]
    252 [#point8 Top of Page]
    253 [[br]]
    254 
    255 ----   
    256 '''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.019] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    257 ----
    258 * [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
    259 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    260  
    261 [[br]] 
    262 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    263 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.020 Homecast''' [=#point8.020] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Homecast Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.021 8.021 Homecast pro]
    11 
    12 
    13 '''Additional Info'''
    14 
    15  * [#point8.022 8.022 Uninstallation]
    16  * [#point8.023 8.025 Update TitanNit]
    17  * [#point8.024 8.024 IRD Download Location]
    18 
    19 ----
    20 '''8.021 Homecast Pro''' [=#point8.021] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    21 ----
    22 '' How do I install an Homecast UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    23  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.2 IRD Download Locations])
    24  * Extract the zip file
    25  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    26      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    27      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    28      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    29  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    30  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    31 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    32     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    33      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    34  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    35  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    36 [[br]]
    37 [#point8 Top of Page]
    38 [[br]]
    39 
    40 ----
    41 '''8.022 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.022] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    42 ----
    43 If you have an Homecast receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are necessary.
    44 
    45 [[br]]
    46 [#point8 Top of Page]
    47 [[br]]
    48 
    49 ----   
    50 '''8.023 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.023] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    51 ----
    52 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    53 
    54 IRD offline method see [#point8.020 Homecast Contents] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image.
    55 [[br]]
    56 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed.
    57 Plugins and files installed to MNT or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    58 
    59 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    60 [[br]]
    61 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    62 [[br]]
    63 [#point8 Top of Page]
    64 [[br]]
    65 
    66 ----   
    67 '''8.024 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.024] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    68 ----
    69 
    70 * [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    71  
    72 [[br]] 
    73 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    74 [[br]]
    75 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.031 Ipbox''' [=#point8.030] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Ipbox is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Ipbox Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.031 8.031 Ipbox91]
    11  * [#point8.032 8.032 Ipbox900]
    12  * [#point8.033 8.033 Ipbox910]
    13  * [#point8.034 8.034 Ipbox9000]
    14 
    15 '''Additional Info'''
    16 
    17  * [#point8.035 8.035 Uninstallation]
    18  * [#point8.036 8.036 Update TitanNit]
    19  * [#point8.037 8.037 IRD Download Location]
    20 
    21 ----
    22 '''8.031 Ipbox91''' [=#point8.031] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    23 ----
    24 '' How do I install an Ipbox 91 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    25  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    26  * Extract the zip file
    27  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    28      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    29      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    30      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    31  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    32  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    33 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    34     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    35      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    36  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    37  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    38 [[br]]
    39 [#point8 Top of Page]
    40 [[br]]
    41 ----
    42 '''8.032 Ipbox900''' [=#point8.032] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    43 ----
    44 '' How do I install an Ipbox 900 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    45  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    46  * Extract the zip file
    47  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    48      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    49      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    50      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    51  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    52  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    53 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    54     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    55      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    56  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    57  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    58 [[br]]
    59 [#point8 Top of Page]
    60 [[br]]
    61 ----
    62 '''8.033 Ipbox910''' [=#point8.033] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    63 ----
    64 '' How do I install an Ipbox 910 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    65  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    66  * Extract the zip file
    67  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    68      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    69      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    70      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    71  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    72  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    73 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    74     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    75      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    76  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    77  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    78 [[br]]
    79 [#point8 Top of Page]
    80 [[br]]
    81 ----
    82 '''8.034 Ipbox9000''' [=#point8.034] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    83 ----
    84 '' How do I install an Ipbox 9000 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
    85  * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    86  * Extract the zip file
    87  * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    88      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
    89      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    90      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    91  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    92  * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
    93 * Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
    94     then the installation starts. Only then release the button
    95      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    96  * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
    97  * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
    98 [[br]]
    99 [#point8 Top of Page]
    100 [[br]]
    101 
    102 ----
    103 '''8.035 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.035] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    104 ----
    105 If you have an Ipbox receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    106 
    107 [[br]]
    108 [#point8 Top of Page]
    109 [[br]]
    110 
    111 ----   
    112 '''8.036 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.036] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    113 ----
    114 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    115 
    116 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
    117 [[br]]
    118 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
    119 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    120 
    121 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    122 [[br]]
    123 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    124 [[br]]
    125 [#point8 Top of Page]
    126 [[br]]
    127 
    128 ----   
    129 '''8.037 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.037] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    130 ----
    131 
    132 * [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    133  
    134 [[br]] 
    135 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    136 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.040 Kathrein''' [=#point8.040] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Fortis Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.041 8.041 Kathrein Ufs910]
    11  * [#point8.042 8.042 Kathrein Ufs912]
    12  * [#point8.043 8.043 Kathrein Ufs913]
    13  * [#point8.044 8.044 Kathrein Ufs922]
    14  * [#point8.045 8.045 Kathrein Ufs960]
    15 
    16 '''Additional Info'''
    17 
    18  * [#point8.046 8.06 Uninstallation]
    19  * [#point8.047 8.07 Update TitanNit]
    20  * [#point8.048 8.08 IRD Download Location]
    21 
    22 ----
    23 '''8.041 Kathrein Ufs910''' [=#point8.041] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    24 ----
    25 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS910 update image? ''
    26  * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
    27  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    28  * Extract the zip file
    29  * Now copy the unzipped img firmware file - must be renamed to miniFLASH.img - to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
    30      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    31      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    32      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    33  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    34  * Connect the USB stick with the img file to the front USB Port
    35  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the -Record button- on the Remote Control pressed (about 5 seconds)
    36    until "miniFLASH search..." appears, then the installation begins. Only then release the -Record button-
    37      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    38  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    39 [[br]]
    40 [#point8 Top of Page]
    41 [[br]]
    42 ----
    43 '''8.042 Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point8.042] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    44 ----
    45 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS912 update image? ''
    46  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    47  * Extract the zip file
    48  * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs912/ .
    49      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    50      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    51      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    52  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    53  * Connect the USB stick with the img file
    54  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
    55    then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
    56      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    57  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    58 [[br]]
    59 [#point8.1 Top of Page]
    60 [[br]]
    61 ----
    62 '''8.043 Kathrein UFS913''' [=#point8.043] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    63 ----
    64 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS913 update image? ''
    65  * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
    66  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    67  * Extract the zip file
    68  * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ .
    69      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    70      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    71      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    72  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    73  * Connect the USB stick with the img file
    74  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
    75    then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
    76      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    77  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    78 [[br]]
    79 [#point8.1 Top of Page]
    80 [[br]]
    81 ----
    82 '''8.044 Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point8.044] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    83 ----
    84 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS922 update image? ''
    85  * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
    86  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    87  * Extract the zip file
    88  * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ .
    89      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    90      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    91      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    92  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    93  * Connect the USB stick with the img file
    94  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
    95    then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
    96      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    97  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    98 [[br]]
    99 [#point8 Top of Page]
    100 [[br]]
    101 ----
    102 '''8.045 Kathrein UFC960''' [=#point8.045] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    103 ----
    104 '' How do I install a Kathrein UFS960 update image? ''
    105  * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
    106  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    107  * Extract the zip file
    108  * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs960/ .
    109      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    110      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    111      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    112  * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
    113  * Connect the USB stick with the img file
    114  * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
    115    then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
    116      Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    117  * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
    118 [[br]]
    119 [#point8 Top of Page]
    120 [[br]]
    121 
    122 ----
    123 '''8.046 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.046] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    124 ----
    125 If you have an Katherin UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    126 
    127 [[br]]
    128 [#point8 Top of Page]
    129 [[br]]
    130 
    131 ----   
    132 '''8.047 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.047] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    133 ----
    134 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    135 
    136 IRD offline method see [#point8 Ipbox contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
    137 [[br]]
    138 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
    139 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    140 
    141 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    142 [[br]]
    143 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    144 [[br]]
    145 [#point8 Top of Page]
    146 [[br]]
    147 
    148 ----   
    149 '''8.048 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.048] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    150 ----
    151 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    152  
    153 [[br]] 
    154 [#point8 Top of Page] 
    155 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''8.051 SPARK''' [=#point8.050] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Spark is a reseller of the Fulan Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized hardware.
    7 
    8 '''SH4 Spark Contents'''
    9 
    10  * [#point8.051 8.051 SPARK (7111)]
    11  * [#point8.052 8.052 SPARK (7162)]
    12 
    13 '''Additional Info'''
    14 
    15 
    16  * [#point8.053 8.053 Uninstallation]
    17  * [#point8.054 8.054 Update TitanNit]
    18  * [#point8.055 8.055 IRD Download Location]
    19 
    20 
    21 
    22 ----
    23 '''8.051 SPARK (7111)''' [=#point8.051] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    24 ----
    25 '' How do I install a Spark (7111) Update Image? ''
    26   * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    27   * Extract the zip file
    28   * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2"
    29      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    30      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    31      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    32   * Turn off the device.
    33   * Connect the USB stick with the update file
    34   * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears,
    35     then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button.
    36       Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    37   * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear.
    38 [[br]]
    39 [#point8.050 Top of Page]
    40 [[br]]
    41 ----
    42 '''8.052 SPARK7162''' [=#point8.052] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    43 ----
    44 '' How do I install a Spark (7162) Update Image? ''
    45   * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
    46   * Extract the zip file
    47   * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2"
    48      Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
    49      " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
    50      Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
    51   * Turn off the device.
    52   * Connect the USB stick with the update file
    53   * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears,
    54     then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button.
    55       Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
    56   * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear.
    57 [[br]]
    58 [#point8.050 Top of Page]
    59 [[br]]
    60 
    61 ----
    62 '''8.053 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.053] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    63 ----
    64 If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
    65 
    66 [[br]]
    67 [#point8.050 Top of Page]
    68 [[br]]
    69 
    70 ----   
    71 '''8.054 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.054] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    72 ----
    73 There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
    74 
    75 IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image.
    76 [[br]]
    77 ''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed.
    78 Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
    79 
    80 Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
    81 [[br]]
    82 ''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
    83 [[br]]
    84 [#point8.050 Top of Page]
    85 [[br]]
    86 
    87 ----   
    88 '''8.055 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.055] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
    89 ----
    90 [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
    91  
    92 [[br]] 
    93 [#point8.050 Top of Page] 
    94 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Interface-Operation

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''3 Interface and Operation Contents''' [=#point3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
    5 ----
    6 == Interface and Operation ==
    7 
    8 This section contains information about the on screen menus within TitanNit and discriptions to the various
    9 items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
    10 
    11 Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan.
    12 If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows:
    13 
    14  Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu.
    15  The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin.
    16 
    17 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]]
    18 
    19 TitanNit is an easy to use GUI for Linux receivers. Using the default skin (Factory setting) all options, settings and help texts are displayed, so you have an overview of all functions and possible settings for customization.
    20 
    21 The newer Receiver types like Atemio520  have a help button on the remote where detailed help can be displayed on screen. Thus you do not need to refer to the manual for help. This help display will be optimized / enhanced in the future.
    22 
    23 Interface and operation contents
    24  please select a menu item from the GUI for more information
    25 
    26  * ([#point3.1 Records and epg])
    27  * ([#point3.2 Media center])
    28  * ([#point3.3 Media player])
    29  * ([#point3.4 Extentions])
    30  * ([#point3.5 System])
    31  * ([#point3.6 Settings])
    32  * ([#point3.7 Information])
    33  * ([#point3.8 Standby-Power Off])
    34 
    35 [[br]]
    36 [[br]]
    37 ----
    38 '''Records and EPG''' [=#point3.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    39 ----
    40 
    41 
    42 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Recordsand_EPG.jpg)]][[br]]
    43 
    44 Records and Epg menu contains all the different views and search settings for the epg,
    45 it also allows setup and personalization of timer recordings
    46  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    47  * ([wiki:EPG-Short-View#point3.1.1 EPG Short View])
    48  * ([wiki:Single-EPG#point3.1.2 Single EPG])
    49  * ([wiki:Multi-EPG#point3.1.3 Multi EPG])
    50  * ([wiki:Graphic-EPG#point3.1.4 Graphic EPG])
    51  * ([wiki:EPG-Search#point3.1.5 EPG Search])
    52  * ([wiki:Records#point3.1.6 Records])
    53 
    54 [[br]]
    55 
    56 ----
    57 '''3.2 Media Center''' [=#point3.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    58 ----
    59 [[br]]
    60 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_Center.jpg)]][[br]]
    61 
    62 Media center contains all the different media players to play streams from local and online sources,
    63 it also contains a file browser and internet browser for setting up pay streams and login details for online media.
    64  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    65 
    66  * ([wiki:Audio-Player#point3.2.1 Audio Player])
    67  * ([wiki:Video-Player#point3.2.2 Video Player])
    68  * ([wiki:Picture-Player#point3.2.3 Picture Player])
    69  * ([wiki:Mediathek#point3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)])
    70  * ([wiki:File-Browser#point3.2.5 File Browser])
    71  * ([wiki:Internet-Browser#point3.2.6 Internet Browser])
    72  * ([wiki:Weather#point3.2.7 Weather])
    73 
    74 
    75 [[br]]
    76 
    77 ''' information'''
    78 
    79 
    80 Media Center It is a collection of media players intergrated in one place (able to stream local or the Internet based streams)
    81 
    82 ''' Audio player '''
    83  * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover)
    84  * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists)
    85  * Automatic integration of MediaDB with covers and ID3 tag info extracted from the mp3 file
    86  * Random mode (random)
    87  * Repeat mode (repeat)
    88  * Screen Saver (title text, scrolling images, jumping pictures, wallpapers)
    89  * Radio mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http)
    90  * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs.
    91  * Auto play the next file
    92  * seek function (seek 1-3 10s 30s from 0.4 to 6 0.7 to 9 60s)
    93  * skip << >>
    94  * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
    95  * Various settings in the Settings Screen
    96  * Various sort options
    97 
    98 ''' Video Player '''
    99  * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover)
    100  * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists)
    101  * Automatic Intergration of MediaDB with cover, the background images and IMDB info downloaded from the Internet
    102  * Random mode (random)
    103  * Repeat mode (repeat)
    104  * Streaming mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http)
    105  * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs.
    106  * Automatic Resume from the last position, or playback from the beginning.
    107  * Auto play the next file
    108  * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
    109  * DVD material (VIDEO_TS, usb, dvd drive ) but only if the corresponding Plugin is installed (DVDPlayer)
    110  * Various settings in the Settings Screen
    111  * Various sort options
    112  * seek function (seek 1-3 ,4-6 ,7-9 with the values ​​from the titan settings)
    113                 *(seek on -pad up / down 10min left / right 1min)
    114  * In the file list (delete file additional menu, Imdb, ...) mode info button
    115  * In play mode - Red button - (additional menu Imdb, ...)
    116  * In Play Mode - Green button - (image ratio adjustable)
    117  * In Play Mode - Yellow button - (audio track selection)
    118  * In Play Mode - Blue button - (Screensaver adjustable)
    119  * In play mode - button text - (subtitles adjustable)
    120  * External Subtitle support (srt / sub files must have the same name as the video file)
    121  * Internal Subtitle Support (dvd / mkv files with integrated subtitles)
    122  * Manual IMDB lookup for [http://www.imdb.com/ Imdb / Cover]
    123  * Wallpapers adjustable (only in Full Cover interval / number)
    124 
    125 ''' PicturePlayer '''
    126  * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover) (cover in that case means preview)
    127  * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists pls)
    128  * Complete slide show with no waiting periods except the first file
    129  * Random mode (random)
    130  * Repeat mode (repeat)
    131  * Supported formats png / jpg
    132  * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
    133  * Various settings in the Settings Screen
    134  * Various sort options
    135  * Background radio selection
    136 
    137 ''' MediaThek /online library '''
    138  * View images in groups of 2/6/12/24/30
    139  * [http://www.youtube.com/ Youtube] / [http://www.myvideo.de/ Myvideo] / [http://www.zdf.de/ZDFmediathek Zdf] / [http://www.ardmediathek.de/ Ard]
    140  * [http://rtl-now.rtl.de/ Rtl] / [http://www.rtl2.de/video/ Rtl2Now] / [http://www.superrtlnow.de/ SuperRtl] / [http://www.voxnow.de/ VoxNow] (with Pay-streams are hidden by default this can also be made ​​visible)
    141  * [http://www.netzkino.de Netzkino] / [http://www.tectime.tv/ DrDish] / [http://www.giga.de Giga]
    142  * [http://www.beeg.com Beeg] / [http://www.xvideos.com Xvideos] (xxx ) (blocked by child protection pin)
    143  * [https://gitorious.org/neutrino-mp/max10s-neutrino-mp/raw/e4fefb51121d7886b81227eb1215da049e1a729a:data/webtv/webtv.xml InternetTv] (Live Streams)
    144  * [http://dir.xiph.org/yp.xml InternetRadio] (Live Streams)
    145  * Support favourites
    146  * More providers are supported with the extension codec pack
    147  * Some Sites allow lokal strorage of their online streams
    148  * Memory Buffer adjustable for smooth, streaming
    149 
    150 '''File Browser '''
    151  * Copy data
    152  * Move data
    153  * Delete data
    154  * Rename data
    155  * Create folders
    156 
    157 ''' Internet browser ''' (if installed)
    158  * From remote control unit
    159  * Support favourites
    160 
    161 '''Weather plugin '''
    162  * Select location
    163 
    164 ----
    165 '''3.3 Media player''' [=#point3.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    166 
    167 ----
    168 
    169 
    170 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_player.jpg)]][[br]]
    171 
    172 Media player is a short file system browser for viewing local media files,
    173 
    174 
    175  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    176 
    177  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    178   Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    179  
    180  ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    181  ||'''Green Button: (Select)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
    182  ||'''Yellow Button: (EPG)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
    183  ||'''Blue Button: (Sort)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    184  ||'''Info Button: (info)''' ||This will allow you to view online IMDB/TMDB information on the current selected media file.||
    185  
    186 [[br]]
    187 
    188 ----
    189 '''3.4 Extentions''' [=#point3.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    190 ----
    191 
    192 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Extentions.jpg)]][[br]]
    193 
    194 Extentions menu section contains all the available tools to personalize plugins
    195  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    196 
    197  * ([wiki:Plugins#point3.4.1 Plugins])
    198  * ([wiki:Change-Feed#point3.4.2 Change Feed])
    199  * ([wiki:TPK-Upgrade#point3.4.3 TPK Upgrade])
    200  * ([wiki:TPK-Install#point3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)])
    201  * ([wiki:TPK-Tmp#point3.4.5 TPK Tmp (TMP)])
    202  * ([wiki:TPK-Media#point3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)])
    203  * ([wiki:TPK-Remove#point3.4.7 TPK Remove])
    204 
    205 [[br]]
    206 
    207 ----
    208 '''3.5 System''' [=#point3.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    209 
    210 ----
    211 
    212 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/System.jpg)]][[br]]
    213 
    214 The System menu section contains all the important settings to set up the Receiver Hardware and Software
    215  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    216 
    217  * ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel Service])
    218  * ([wiki:Common-Interface#point3.5.2 Common Interface])
    219  * ([wiki:Smart-Card-Reader#point3.5.3 Smart Card Reader])
    220  * ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 Network])
    221  * ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 Hard Disk])
    222  * ([wiki:VFDisplay#point3.5.6 VFDisplay])
    223  * ([wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System Update])
    224  * ([wiki:Backup#point3.5.8 Backup])
    225  * ([wiki:Settings-Backup-Restore#point3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore])
    226  * ([wiki:Receiver-Unlock#point3.5.10 Receiver Unlock])
    227 
    228 [[br]]
    229 ----
    230 '''3.6 Settings''' [=#point3.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    231 
    232 ----
    233 
    234 
    235 
    236 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
    237 
    238 The Settings menu section contains all the Software settings of the Receiver,
    239 within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface
    240  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    241 
    242  * ([wiki:AV-Settings#point3.6.1 AV Settings])
    243  * ([wiki:Language#point3.6.2 Language])
    244  * ([wiki:Timezone#point3.6.3 Timezone])
    245  * ([wiki:Red-Button#point3.6.4 Red Button])
    246  * ([wiki:Blue-Button#point3.6.5 Blue Button])
    247  * ([wiki:Media-Button#point3.6.6 Media Button])
    248  * ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 System Settings])
    249  * ([wiki:Skin#point3.6.8 Skin])
    250  * ([wiki:Skin-Adjust#point3.6.9 Skin Settings])
    251  * ([wiki:Screensaver-Adjust#point3.6.10 Screensaver])
    252  * ([wiki:Timeshift-Settings#point3.6.11 Timeshift])
    253  * ([wiki:Record-Path#point3.6.12 Path for Recordings])
    254  * ([wiki:EPG-Settings#point3.6.13 EPG])
    255  * ([wiki:Child-Protection#point3.6.14 Parental Control])
    256  * ([wiki:Restore-Default-Settings#point3.6.15 Restore Factory Settings])
    257  * ([wiki:Video-Settings#point3.6.16 Video Settings])
    258  * ([wiki:Channel-Edit#point3.6.17 Channel Edit])
    259  * ([wiki:MediaDB-Settings#point3.6.18 MediaDB Settings])
    260  * ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.6.19 Auto Start])
    261 
    262 [[br]]
    263 
    264 ----
    265 '''3.7 Information''' [=#point3.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    266 
    267 ----
    268 
    269 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Information.jpg)]][[br]]
    270 
    271 The Information menu section can list all the information of the Hardware, Software and stream info,
    272 it also contains help and contact information.
    273 Within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface
    274  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    275 
    276  * ([wiki:Service#point3.7.1 Service])
    277  * ([wiki:News-letter#point3.7.2 News letter])
    278  * ([wiki:About#point3.7.3 About])
    279  * ([wiki:Streaming#point3.7.4 Streaming])
    280  * ([wiki:Atemio-Hotline#point3.7.5 Atemio (Hotline)])
    281  * ([wiki:Titan-Changelog#point3.7.6 Titan Changelog])
    282  * ([wiki:Git-Changelog#point3.7.7 Git Changelog])
    283  * ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info])
    284  * ([wiki:Log#point3.7.9 Log])
    285 
    286 [[br]]
    287 
    288 ----
    289 '''3.8 Standby-Power Off''' [=#point3.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    290 
    291 ----
    292 
    293 
    294 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Standby_Poweroff.jpg)]][[br]]
    295 
    296 The Standby/ Power Off contains settings related to power settings,
    297 within the menu you can decide how and when the Receiver shuts down
    298  Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
    299 
    300  ||'''Power-Off:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely (Deep Standby).||
    301  ||'''Standby:''' ||The receiver only shuts down the picture and volume. (Higher energy consumtion than in Deep Standby there for much faster booting time ~1Sek.). All functions of the WEB IF stay active.||
    302  ||'''Reboot:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely and reboots. (important for saving changes to the settings)||
    303  ||'''GUI-Restart:''' ||Only a reboot of the Titan software (faster) (changes to settings since last reboot/Power-Off are lost!).||
    304  ||'''([wiki:Power-Off-Timer Power Off Timer])''' ||Opens the Power Off timer menu to automatically switch the receiver to Power-Off or Standby at a specific time.||
    305 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Internet-Browser

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.6 Internet Browser''' [=#point3.2.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_Center-internet_browser.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >internet browser is a netsurf based plugin to surf the net.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Kernel

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.3 Kernel''' [=#point3.7.8.3] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Kernel.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the kernel build info.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Language

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.2 Language''' [=#point3.6.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Language.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 here you can change your language.below is a current list of available languages.
    10 if you change the language the decoder will automatically restart to apply the selected language settings.
    11 
    12  * German
    13  * English
    14  * French
    15  * Greek
    16  * Italian
    17  * Polish
    18  * Russian
    19  * Dutch
    20  * Vietnamese
    21 
    22 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Log

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''Log''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Information-log.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view your error log.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 To Exit from Menu press the __"Exit"__ button.
    15  
    16 [[br]]
    17 ----
    18 
    19  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    20 
    21  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    22  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    23  
    24  ||'''Red Button: (Send)''' ||This will send the error log file to the titan development team.||
    25  ||'''Green Button: (DEL)''' ||this will delete the error log file.||
  • wiki/pages/nl/MTD

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6.3 MTD''' [=#point3.7.8.6.3] ([WikiStart#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/MTD.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the detailed info on the raw flash partitions (MTD).
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Manual-Search

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.1.3 Manual Search''' [=#point3.5.1.3] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Manual-Search.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can proform a manual channel scan.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan to proform.||
    13  ||'''Tuner''' ||Select the tunsr to scan with.||
    14  ||'''Satellite''' ||Select the satellite to scan.||
    15  ||'''ID''' ||??? .||
    16  ||'''System''' ||scan for hd or sd streams.||
    17  ||'''Frequency:''' ||select the frequency to scan.||
    18  ||'''Inversion:''' ||??? .||
    19  ||'''Symbolrate:''' ||select the signal rat to scan.||
    20  ||'''Polirisation''' ||scan for horozontal or vertical transponders.. ||
    21  ||'''FEC''' ||sel ect the forward error correction.||
    22  ||'''Scan:''' ||???.||
    23  ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.||
    24  ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.||
    25  ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.||
    26  ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.||
    27  ||'''Entrys in Favourites'''  ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.||
    28  ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.||
    29  ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites'''  ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.||
    30 
    31  ''Note some of the above settings only show and are relavant in a specific __"Type of Scan"__''
    32 
    33  
    34  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    35 
    36  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    37 
    38  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    39   Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    40  
    41  ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.||
    42 ----
    43  '''After Scan Menu'''
    44 ----
    45 [[br]]
    46 
    47 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu.
    48   Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    49  
    50  ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.||
    51  ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.||
    52 
    53 
    54 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Manufactures

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''13 Manufactures''' [=#point13] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 ||= '''[http://www.atemio.de Atemio]''' =||
    6 ||= [[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg,400,link=http://www.atemio.de)]] =||
    7 
    8 New Zealand reseller for fortis clone ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower]
    9 
    10 '''SH4 Katherin'''   ([http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage])
    11 
    12 '''SH4 Spark'''   ([http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]
    13 
    14 '''SH4 AB IPBox''' ([http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage])
    15 
    16 '''Mips Golden Interstar'''   ([http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage])
    17 
    18 '''SH4 Fortis'''  ([http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage])
    19  * New Zealand reseller for fortis clone ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower]
    20 
    21 [[br]]
    22 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Media-Button

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.6 Media Button''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the Media button
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/MediaDB-Settings

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.17 MediaDB Settings''' [=#point3.6.17] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/MediaDB_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can change your media db settings.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''MediaDB Path''' ||Here you can edit the path where the MediaDB is stored.||
    14  ||'''Delete MediaDB Before Scan:''' ||here you can to select to clear the MediaDB before a scan.||
    15  ||'''Delete Unused Entrys Before Scan:''' ||Here you can delete MediaDB entries For items not used.||
    16  ||'''Update Entrys On Scan:''' ||Update entries in the MediaDB with updated information if present.||
    17  ||'''Backdrop Download Count:''' ||Select the amount of backdrops to download per Entry in the MediaDB.||
    18  ||'''Debug Modus:''' ||Select Debug mode to out put Media DB results logfile.||
    19  ||'''Create Thumb Picture:''' ||automatically Create Thumbnails for items in the MediaDB.||
    20  ||'''Create Record Picture:''' ||Automatically Creat Thumbnails for recordings.||
    21 
    22 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    23 
    24 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Mediathek

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)''' [=#point3.2.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Tithek_main.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 >Mediathek is the titan online media center to view various feeds from the internet
    10 >such as utube etc...
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Memory

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.3 Memory''' [=#point3.7.8.6.2] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Memory.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the detailed Memory info.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Module

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6 Module''' [=#point3.7.8.6.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Module.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 Here you can view the detailed loaded Module info.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 
    14 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Mounts

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.4 Mounts''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/System-Info-Mounts.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view all mounted devices on the receiver.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Multi-EPG

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.1 Multi EPG''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Multi_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 Multi EPG is a small easy to read horozontal Multi Channel EPG.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
    14 
    15  The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
    16  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    17  
    18  ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
    19  ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
    20  ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.||
    21 
    22 
    23 For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records Records]) for more info.
    24 
    25 For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search#point3.1.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
    26 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Network

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4 Network''' [=#point3.5.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Network.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >
    10 here you can set up your network interface and mounts.
    11 please select a menu item for more information
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14  * ([wiki:Adaptor-Settings#point3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings])
    15  * ([wiki:WLAN-Settings#point3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings])
    16  * ([wiki:Network-Test#point3.5.4.3 Network Test])
    17  * ([wiki:Network-Restart#point3.5.4.4 Network Restart])
    18  * ([wiki:Network-Browser#point3.5.4.5 Network Browser])
    19  * ([wiki:HTTP-Settings#point3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings])
    20  * ([wiki:DYNDNS-Settings#point3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings])
    21 
    22 [[br]]
    23 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Network-Browser

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.5 Network Browser''' [=#point3.5.4.5] ([WikiStart#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Network-Browser.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can setup network shares.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    13  
    14 [[br]]
    15 ----
    16 
    17  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    18 
    19  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    20  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    21  
    22  ||'''Red Button: (Add)''' ||This will bring up the add network share.||
    23  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||this will edit the currently selected network mount.||
    24  ||'''Yellow Button: (DEL)''' ||The will Delete the currently selected network share.||
    25  ||'''Blue Button: (Search)''' ||This will search the surrent subnet mask for available network shares.||
    26  ||'''Menu Button: (Auth Settings)''' ||this will allow you to edit the current password and user name.||
    27 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Network-Restart

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.4 Network Restart''' [=#point3.5.4.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Network-Restart.jpg)]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can Restart your network interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  press the __"Ok"__ button to restart the network interface, Press __"Exit"__ to Cancel.
  • wiki/pages/nl/Network-Test

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.4.3 Network Test''' [=#point3.5.4.3] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.1 network (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Network-Test.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can check your network interface.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12  To Exit from the network test menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button.
    13  
    14 [[br]]
    15 ----
    16 
    17  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    18 
    19  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    20  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    21  
    22  ||'''Red Button: (TEST)''' ||This will proform a network test.||
  • wiki/pages/nl/News-letter

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.2 News letter''' [=#point3.7.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Newsletter.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can view news from the titan team.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 Select a newsitem with the D-pad and press __"ok"__ to view it.
    14 
    15 To Exit from the Menu by pressing the __"Exit"__ button.
    16 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Picture-Player

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.2.3 Picture Player''' [=#point3.2.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_center-Picture-Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
    7 >
    8 picture player is where you can view pictures and set up slideshows.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 ----
    13  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    14 
    15  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    16  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    17  
    18  ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    19  ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    20  ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
    21  ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
    22  ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
    23 
    24 ----
    25  '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
    26 
    27 [[br]]
    28 
    29  Picture:
    30  ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    31  ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    32  ||'''Sound:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    33  ||'''interval:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    34  ||'''Show Pic Title:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
    35  ||'''Pic Denom Mode:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
    36  ||'''Pic Quality:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
    37  ||'''Pic HW Decoder:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
    38  ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
    39  ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
    40 
    41 
    42  '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
    43 
    44 
    45  ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||???||
    46  ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||???||
    47 
    48 ----
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''Plugins''' [=#point3.4.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Plugins.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 
    10 
    11 In this menu you can run your plugins start and stop them.
    12 
    13 to start a plugin select it with the D-pad and press __"ok"__
    14 
    15 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    16 
    17  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    18  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    19  
    20  '''Red Button''' This button unloads the currently selected plugin it can not be restarted until the box is rebooted.
    21 
    22  '''Blue Button''' This button restarts the currently selected plugin if it is not loaded or running.
    23 [[br]]
    24 
    25 
    26 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Bootlogos

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.2 Bootlogos''' [=#point10.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Bootlogos are the default logo that shows during startup and the loading cycle of your Receiver.
    7 You may select and install these from the online extentions.
    8 
    9 ||= '''Bikergirl''' =||= '''Blueskulls''' =||= '''Cityflash''' =||= '''Enigmalinux''' =||= '''Fantasygirl2''' =||= '''Fantasygirl''' =||
    10 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_bikergirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_blueskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_cityflash_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_enigmalinux_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl2_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fantasygirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]]
    11 =||
    12 [[br]]
    13 ||= '''Firelady''' =||= '''Fireskull''' =||= '''Footballgirls''' =||= '''Ghostrider''' =||= '''Giantgirl''' =||= '''Iceage2scrapufs910''' =||
    14 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_firelady_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_fireskull_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_footballgirls_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_ghostrider_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_giantgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_iceage2scrapufs910_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]]
    15 =||
    16 [[br]]
    17 ||= '''Linuxgirl''' =||= '''Planets''' =||= '''Thegrimreaper''' =||= '''Zombie''' =||= '''TitanNit 1''' =||= '''TitanNit 2''' =||
    18 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_linuxgirl_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_planets_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_thegrimreaper_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_zombie_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_1/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_2/_path_/etc/boot)]]
    19 =||
    20 [[br]]
    21 ||= '''TitanNit 3''' =||= '''TitanNit 4''' =||
    22 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_4/_path_/etc/boot)]]
    23 =||
    24 [[br]]
    25 ([#point10.2 Top of Page])
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Browser

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.3 Browser''' [=#point10.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 TitanNit offers a plugin called '''Netsurf''' that allows you to browse the Internet from your receiver. Detailed information will follow.
    7 
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/browser_netsurf/preview/prev.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Channel-Lists

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''10.6 Channel Lists''' [=#point10.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 Channel list's are provided by other users.[[br]]
    5 They contain complete satellite listings aswell as sorted favourites to make it[[br]]
    6 easier for you to use on your receiver.
    7 [[br]]
    8 A list of the current channel lists provided are:
    9 
    10 Satellite:
    11  * Hotbird 13.0
    12  * Astra 19.2
    13  * Astra 28.2
    14 
    15 Cable:
    16  * Cable germany
    17  * Cable BW
    18  * Cable Unitymedia
    19  * Primacom Cable
    20 
    21 If you wish to provide your own satellite configurations please post them in the [http://aaf-digital.info AAF forum].
    22 ----
    23 ||= '''Default Kabel''' =||= '''Default Sat''' =||= '''Matze70 Neues Design''' =||= '''Matze70 Sat''' =||
    24 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_cableD_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:ipk/source/settings_matze70neueDesign_sat19_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_matze70_sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    25 [[br]]
    26 ||= '''Bulldog 3xsat''' =||= '''Sofa Kabel-BW''' =||= '''Uljanow Sat''' =||= '''Unitymedia Cable''' =||
    27 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_3xSat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_sofa_cableBW_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_uljanow_1sat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_unitymedia_cable/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    28 [[br]]
    29 ||= '''Primacom Kabel''' =||= '''Settings Eutelsat 36.0''' =||= '''Kabel Deutschland UH-Kreis''' =||= '''Sat Astra ORF''' =||
    30 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_primacom_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_ser6_eutelsat36_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_paule_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_orf_1xsat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    31 [[br]]
    32 ||= '''Kabelplus ORF''' =||= '''Astra 19.2 KabelD''' =||= '''Bulldog 2xsat''' =||= '''Bulldog 1xsat''' =||
    33 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_kabelplus_cable_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_default_all_2_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_2xSat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_bulldog_1xsat_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    34 [[br]]
    35 ||= '''SAT/Cable 19.2 13.0 KabelD''' =||
    36 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/settings_andy_2xSat_KabelD_1_0/preview/prev.png)]] =||
    37 [#point10.6 Top of Page]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Contents

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.1 Plugins''' [=#point10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 
    6 ----
    7 
    8 == Plugin contents ==
    9 
    10 This list contains a list of the current online plugins available in TitanNit, please see [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 3.4 Extentions] for more information on how to install and manage these plugins.
    11 
    12 please select an item below to view the available plugins in the selected area.
    13 
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Screensavers.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Screensavers#point10.1 10.1 Screensavers])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''[wiki:Plugins-Screensavers#point10.1 10.1 Screensavers]'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 This section contains information on the various screen savers available in TitanNit.
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Bootlogos.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos#point110.2 10.2 Bootlogos])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''[wiki:Plugins-Bootlogos#point110.2 10.2 Bootlogos]'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 This section contains information on the various Bootlogos available in TitanNit.
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/browser.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Browser#point10.3 10.3 Browser])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''[wiki:Plugins-Browser#point10.3 10.3 Browser]'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 This section contains information on the various web browsers available in TitanNit.
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |----
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Info_news.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Infos#point10.5 10.5 info-news])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''[wiki:Plugins-Infos#point10.5 10.5 info-news]'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 This section contains information on the info and news pluggins screen savers available in TitanNit.
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Channel_Lists.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists#point10.6 10.6 Channel Lists])]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''[wiki:Plugins-Channel-Lists#point10.6 10.6 Channel Lists]'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59 This section contains default channel list for different services available in TitanNit.
    60   }}}
    61   }}}
    62   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    63   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Keymaps.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Keymaps#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps])]]
    65   }}}
    66   '''[wiki:Plugins-Keymaps#point10.7 10.7 Keymaps]'''[[br]]
    67   {{{#!div style="float: left
    68 This section contains information on the various Keymaps available in TitanNit.
    69   }}}
    70   }}}
    71   |----
    72   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    73   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    74 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/LCD_Pearl_Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins])]]
    75   }}}
    76   '''[wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point10.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]'''[[br]]
    77  {{{#!div style="float: left
    78 This section contains information on the various lcd skins available in TitanNit with an addon pearl lcd module.
    79   }}}
    80   }}}
    81   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    82   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/LCD_Samsung_Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins])]]
    84   }}}
    85   '''[wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point10.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]'''[[br]]
    86    {{{#!div style="float: left
    87 This section contains information on the various skins available in TitanNit with a samsung display tablet extension device.
    88   }}}
    89   }}}
    90   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    91   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    92 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Network.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Network#point10.10 10.10 Network])]]
    93   }}}
    94   '''[wiki:Plugins-Network#point10.10 10.10 Network]'''[[br]]
    95   {{{#!div style="float: left
    96 This section contains information on the various network plugins and extensions available in TitanNit.
    97   }}}
    98   }}}
    99   |----
    100   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    101   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    102 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/player.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.10 10.10 Player])]]
    103   }}}
    104   '''[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.10 10.10 Player]'''[[br]]
    105   {{{#!div style="float: left
    106 This section contains information on the various media players and media renderers available in TitanNit.
    107   }}}
    108   }}}
    109   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    110   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    111 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/fonts.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Fonts#point10.11 10.11 Fonts])]]
    112   }}}
    113   '''[wiki:Plugins-Fonts#point10.11 10.11 Fonts]'''[[br]]
    114   {{{#!div style="float: left
    115 This section contains information on the various gui fonts available in TitanNit.
    116   }}}
    117   }}}
    118   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    119   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    120 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Station_Logos.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-station-logos#point10.12 10.12 station logos])]]
    121   }}}
    122   '''[wiki:Plugins-station-logos#point10.12 10.12 station logos]'''[[br]]
    123   {{{#!div style="float: left
    124 This section contains information on the various pre configures icon sets available in TitanNit for various TV services.
    125   }}}
    126   }}}
    127 |----
    128   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    129   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    130 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Skins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Skins#point10.13 10.13 Skins])]]
    131   }}}
    132   '''[wiki:Plugins-Skins#point10.13 10.13 Skins]'''[[br]]
    133   {{{#!div style="float: left
    134 This section contains information on the various Gui Skins available in TitanNit.
    135   }}}
    136   }}}
    137   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    138   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    139 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Games.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Games#point10.14 10.14 Games])]]
    140   }}}
    141   '''[wiki:Plugins-Games#point10.14 10.14 Games]'''[[br]]
    142   {{{#!div style="float: left
    143 This section contains information on the various games available in TitanNit.
    144   }}}
    145   }}}
    146   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    147   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    148 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/Tools.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Tools#point10.15 10.15 Tools])]]
    149   }}}
    150   '''[wiki:Plugins-Tools#point10.15 10.15 Tools]'''[[br]]
    151   {{{#!div style="float: left
    152 This section contains information on the various system pluggins and tools available in TitanNit.
    153   }}}
    154   }}}
    155 |----
    156   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    157   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    158 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins-Contents/WLan.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Wlan#point10.16 10.16 Wlan])]]
    159   }}}
    160   '''[wiki:Plugins-Wlan#point10.16 10.16 Wlan]'''[[br]]
    161    {{{#!div style="float: left
    162 This section contains information on the various wereless lan drivers available in TitanNit.
    163   }}}
    164   }}}
    165 |----
    166 }}}
    167 }}}
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Emus

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.4 Emus''' [=#point10.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 contents]) ([Wikistart#point0 Main Page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Emulators are plugins that enable the use and connection to online pay tv services and providers to enable pay TV Reception.
    7 
    8 Ther are many emulators available from to support the connection to different pay TV services.
    9 
    10 Please note that in some countrys and providers this form of on line subscription is illegal please contact your pay TV provider or local authority for more information in this area, please see our [wiki:Disclaimer#point17 disclaimer] on services.
    11 
    12 This section is provided for for use only with providers who allow such use with their pay tv service.
    13 
    14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_camd3_3_902/preview/prev.png)]]
    15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_800/preview/prev.png)]]
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_gbox_806/preview/prev.png)]]
    17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_incubus_1_22/preview/prev.png)]]
    18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mbox0.6_0010/preview/prev.png)]]
    19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_35/preview/prev.png)]]
    20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_mgcamd_1_38a/preview/prev.png)]]
    21 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_newcs/preview/prev.png)]]
    22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_4736v13/preview/prev.png)]]
    23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_7209/preview/prev.png)]]
    24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755/preview/prev.png)]]
    25 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8755small/preview/prev.png)]]
    26 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_8933/preview/prev.png)]]
    27 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_nightly/preview/prev.png)]]
    28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/emus_oscam_spezial/preview/prev.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Fonts

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.12 Fonts''' [=#point10.12] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Should you not like the graphical presentation of titan or its looks[[br]]
    7 you may change it by installing the fonts (numbered left to right):[[br]]
    8 [[br]]
    9 '''1. actionmanitalic'''[[br]]
    10 '''2. alpharomanieg'''[[BR]]
    11 '''3. croissant'''[[BR]]
    12 '''4. default'''[[BR]]
    13 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_actionmanitalic_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_alpharomanieg_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_croissant_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_default_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]][[br]]
    17 [[br]]
    18 '''5. digifaceregular'''[[BR]]
    19 '''6. goodtime'''[[BR]]
    20 '''7. ihatecomicsans'''[[BR]]
    21 '''8. lydianbolditalicbt'''[[BR]]
    22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_digifaceregular_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_goodtime_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ihatecomicsans_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    25 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_lydianbolditalicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
    26 [[br]]
    27 '''9. mightyzeocaps'''[[BR]]
    28 '''10. monoglyceridedemibold'''[[BR]]
    29 '''11. newgothicbt'''[[BR]]
    30 '''12. paddingtonbold'''[[br]]
    31 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_mightyzeocaps_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    32 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_monoglyceridedemibold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    33 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_newgothicbt_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    34 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_paddingtonbold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]][[br]][[br]]
    35 [[br]]
    36 '''13. ploverbold'''[[br]]
    37 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/fonts_ploverbold_1_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    38 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Games

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.15 Games''' [=#point10.15] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 This section contains Games that can be installed from the Online Extensions.[[br]]
    7 [[br]]
    8 ||= '''1. catcatch''' =||= '''2. Tic Tac Toe (wins3)'''
    9 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_catcatch/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/games_wins3/preview/prev.png)]] =||
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Infos

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''10.5 Infos''' [=#point10.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 Currently TitanNit offers multiple info plugins that allow the receiver to browse[[br]]
    5 the net or local sources for information/news. Further information on these plugins will follow in near future.
    6 
    7  '''IMDB''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdb/preview/prev.png)]]
    9 
    10 
    11  '''IMDBAPI''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
    12 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_imdbapi/preview/prev.png)]]
    13 
    14 
    15  '''News''' enables online viewing of actual news and current events.
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_news/preview/prev.png)]]
    17 
    18 
    19  '''Stock''' enables online viewing of stock reports.
    20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_stock/preview/prev.png)]]
    21 
    22 
    23  '''Streaminfo''' shows details of the current running stream.
    24 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_streaminfo/preview/prev.png)]]
    25 
    26 
    27  '''TMDB''' enables detailed viewing of media info to selected media.
    28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_tmdb/preview/prev.png)]]
    29 
    30 
    31  '''Weather''' allows you to view weather details for selecteted locations from online sources.
    32 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/infos_weather/preview/prev.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Keymaps

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.7 Keymaps''' [=#point10.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Using this plugin you can map your remote control commands to[[br]]
    7 the known '''Neutrino''' keymap functionality.[[br]]
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/keymaps_neutrino/preview/prev.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-LcdPearlSkins

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.8 LCD Pearl Skins''' ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 '''Pearl LCD''' is a project that allows a user to connect a Pearl USB LCD dotmatric display[[br]]
    7 to a compatible receiver. It allows displaying of channel logos, channel name, time and timebar[[br]]
    8 (for remaining time of the running program).
    9  
    10 The display is full skinable and you may personalize it for your own comfort.
    11 
    12 Please see the '''open source project''' for more information. Detailed information will follow.
    13  
    14 
    15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_atemio_style/preview/prev.png)]]
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_blau_mit_picons/preview/prev.png)]]
    17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_mrp/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
    18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_only_picon/preview/prev.png)]]
    19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_picon_gross_schwarz/preview/prev.png)]]
    20 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdpearlskins_schwarz_ohne_picons/preview/prev.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 '''10.9 LCD Samsung Skins''' [=#point10.9] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    3 
    4 '''Samsung LCD''' is a project that allows a user to connect a[[br]]
    5 Samsung USB LCD dotmatric display to a compatible receiver. It allows displaying of[[br]]
    6 channel logos, channel name, time and timebar (for remaining time of the running program).
    7 [[br]]
    8 The display is full skinable and you may personalize it for your own comfort.
    9 [[br]]
    10 Please see the '''open source project''' for more information. Detailed information will follow.
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Analoguhr/preview/prev.png)]]
    14 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_gelb/preview/prev.png)]]
    15 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_channel_Digitaluhr_Trikots/preview/prev.png)]][[br]]
    16 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Digitaluhr_blau/preview/prev.png)]]
    17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/lcdsamsungskins_Holzuhr_Standby/preview/prev.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Network

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.10 Network''' [=#point10.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 The Plugins in this section allow you to extend the communication capabillty of your receiver.
    6 These plugins can be downloaded from the online extensions browser.
    7  
    8 
    9 
    10 '''DLNA''' is a server extension that allows you to stream video or audio files[[br]]
    11 directly to other DLNA capable digital devices attached in your home network.
    12 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_dlna/preview/prev.png)]]
    13 
    14 '''Facebook''' allows you login and use Facebook from your receiver.
    15 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_facebook/preview/prev.png)]]
    16 
    17 '''e2webserv''' allows a connection from an E2 client to your TitanNit receiver and allows[[br]]
    18 you to control your receiver, stream channels and recordings and allows managemant of[[br]]
    19 timers (for recordings). Thanks to this plugin it is possible to connect from an iOS[[br]]
    20 App, a PC or Raspberry Pi with the '''XBMC''' software (VU+).[[br]]
    21 It is reported to run with dreaMote Lite, dreaMote, e2RemoteHD[[br]]
    22 and Dreambox Live for iOS aswell as XBMC for Windows7 and Raspberry Pi.
    23 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_e2webserv/preview/prev.png)]]
    24 
    25 '''libpack''' is a compilation of drivers that extend the[[br]]
    26 communication capability of your receiver.
    27 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libpack/preview/prev.png)]]
    28 
    29 '''libsmbclient''' is a plugin for low Memory receivers. This[[br]]
    30 plugin has to be installed to enable smbfs setup and usage.
    31 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_libsmbclient_3_0_28b/preview/prev.png)]]
    32 
    33 '''networkbrowser''' allows you to use your remote control to[[br]]
    34 mount available NFS and CIFSsharepoints inside your local connected network. 
    35 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_networkbrowser/preview/prev.png)]]
    36 
    37 '''OpenVPN''' allows a server client VPN connection. To use this plugin you have[[br]]
    38 to edit the configuration files and should have sophisticated knowledge in netwrok setup.
    39 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_openvpn/preview/prev.png)]]
    40 
    41 '''Samba''' is needed to include your receiver as a Windows networkdrive.[[br]]
    42 Using the plugin your receiver is a Samba server.
    43 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_samba/preview/prev.png)]]
    44 
    45 '''SmbClient (Win7)''' is a network browser extention for better compatibility with windows 7.
    46 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/networklib_smbclient/preview/prev.png)]]
    47 
    48 '''xupnpd - eXtensible UPnP agent''' is a server extension that allows you to stream video, audio files[[br]]
    49 and live tv from a free tuner from your receiver directly to other DLNA capable digital[[br]]
    50 devices attached in your home network.
    51 
    52 What can the xupnpd DLNA server? [[BR]]
    53 
    54 At every start of the current playlists bouquets and images are generated (takes a few seconds), then then starts xupnpd.
    55  Is a tuner free, then to the desired channel is zapped. Single tuner boxes should be in standby. In principle, the same behavior as the stream via the web interface.
    56  There is still the possibility to enable the option "Allow switching by Live Stream" in the web interface settings. Then xupnpd has priority. Note that switches to the station!
    57  
    58 Operation:
    59 Call the plugin in Extensions -> Additional Programs
    60 Autostart yes / no or manual start or stop with green or red
    61 
    62 [[br]][[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/network_xupnpd/preview/prev.png)]]
    63 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Player

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.11 Player''' [=#point10.11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 '''Players''' are plugins to enable the playback of further file formats and sources.[[br]]
    7 below is a list of available plugins:[[br]]
    8 
    9 ----
    10 
    11 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    12 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_codecpack/preview/prev.png,nolink)]]
    13 }}}
    14 |----------------
    15 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    16  '''CodecPack'''
    17 
    18  will enable playback of more Online media file formats such as: (flac ogg mp3 avi dat divx flv mkv m4v mp4 mov mpg mpeg mts m2ts trp ts vdr vob wmv wma wav rm ra)
    19 }}}
    20 [[BR]]
    21 
    22 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    23 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dtsdownmix/_path_/bin)]]
    24 }}}
    25 |----------------
    26 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    27  '''DtsDownMix'''
    28 
    29  to recode DTS Digital Audio to Stereo output.
    30 }}}
    31 [[BR]]
    32 
    33 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    34 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_dvdplayer/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/dvdplayer)]]
    35 }}}
    36 |----------------
    37 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    38  '''DVD-Player'''
    39 
    40  will enable playback VOB file format to play back ripped DVD content.
    41 }}}
    42 [[BR]]
    43 
    44 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    45 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_gmediarender/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/gmediarender)]]
    46 }}}
    47 |----------------
    48 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    49  '''GmediaRender'''
    50 
    51  * GmediaRender is a __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Renderer]__ (DMR / DLNA-Renderer), which allows the __PC__ /__Mobile __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Controller] (DMC / DLNA-Control) to stream __Audio__ / __Video__ and __Picture__ files from a [http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance Digital Media Server] (DMS / DLNA-SERVER) to your reciever.
    52  
    53  * __Windows__
    54    * In Windows Explorer context menu __Right-click__ on Files> Play To> __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__.
    55    * Windows Media Player is a __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS / DMP / DMS]__ and can control all __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__  present in the network and the media offered to __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__
    56 
    57  * __mobile (Android)__
    58    * for __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Android_%28Betriebssystem%29 Android]__ mobile there is a few __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMC]__ __Apps__: __[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire AirWire]__ / __[http://m.downloadatoz.com/apps/com.skifta.android.app,68844/download.html Skifta]__, these __Apps__ can control data from__[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ and the __[http://gmrender.nongnu.org/ GmediaRender]__  to control your reciever to display media on tyour TV.
    59 
    60    * A very nice feature the  __[http://xupnpd.org/t/ Xupnp Server]__ is able to display your channel list and recordings by Playlist that you can then easily pass directly to the renderer or cell phone.
    61 [[Image(source:/titan/skins/gmediarender/skin/background.jpg,link=http://static.androidnext.de/dlna-schema-450x500.png, 480px, align=right,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]]
    62 
    63  * some __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ can display and share __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DLNA]__ network such as:
    64    * External media / Online Channels (__[https://www.youtube.com/ Youtube]__ / __[https://www.ted.com/ Ted]__ / __[http://www.vimeo.com/‎ Vimeo]__)
    65    * Cloud Storage Hoster (__[https://www.google.com/drive/ Google Drive]__ / __[https://www.dropbox.com/ Dropbox]__ / __[https://onedrive.live.com/ OneDrive]__ / __[https://disk.yandex.com/ Yandex.Disk]__ / __[https://www.box.com/ Box]__)
    66    * Webcam Dienste oder im Netzwerk befindliche Überwachungs Cams.
    67 
    68  * Possibil playback from your  __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMC]__ from (__[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire AirWire]__ / __[http://m.downloadatoz.com/apps/com.skifta.android.app,68844/download.html Skifta]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/ AllConnect]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/ BubbleDlna]__)
    69    *  (some __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DMS]__ can control the media playback with such features as volume up/down/ Pause / Play / Stop / fast forward/ reverse)
    70 
    71  * __preview__
    72    * __AirWire__ __[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=tv.airwire&hl=de about]__ / __[http://airwire.tv/en/site/users help]__ / __[http://airwire.tv/ Home]__
    73    * __BubbleDlna__ __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/#what_is_bubble_upnp_server About]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/#faq help]__ / __[http://bubblesoftapps.com/bubbleupnpserver/ Home]__
    74    * __Allconnect__ __[http://allconnectapp.com/presskit/ About]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/faq/ Help]__ / __[http://allconnectapp.com/faq/ Home]__
    75 
    76  In general __[http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance DLNA]__ is a very complex network DLNA software with almost no restrictions in its operation.
    77 
    78 
    79 
    80 }}}
    81 [[BR]]
    82 
    83 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    84 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/playersnp_hbbtv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/hbbtv)]]
    85 }}}
    86 |----------------
    87 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    88  '''HbbTv'''
    89 
    90  is a media client connect to HBB-TV Online media.
    91 }}}
    92 [[BR]]
    93 
    94 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    95 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_mc/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/mc)]]
    96 }}}
    97 |----------------
    98 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    99  '''MediaCenter'''
    100 
    101  [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media center] to playback picutres, audio and video files
    102 }}}
    103 [[BR]]
    104 
    105 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    106 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tithek/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tithek)]]
    107 }}}
    108 |----------------
    109 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    110  '''Tithek'''
    111 
    112 Titannit online hoseted media (online library).
    113 }}}
    114 [[BR]]
    115 
    116 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    117 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/players_tmc/preview/prev.png,link=source:/titan/plugins/tmc)]]
    118 }}}
    119 |----------------
    120 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    121  '''Tmc'''
    122 
    123  Tmc - to playback movies from a local connected Network device
    124 }}}
    125 [[BR]]
    126 
    127 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    128 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/players_foldericons_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/imdbfolder)]]
    129 }}}
    130 |----------------
    131 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    132  '''FolderIcons'''
    133 
    134 to add a graphical icon to your media folders.
    135 }}}
    136 [[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Screensavers

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.1 Screensavers''' [=#point10.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Screensavers show during the playback of music or when the reciever is not in use to protect the tv screen from dammage from long term static images.
    7 You may select and install screensavers from the online extentions.
    8 
    9 ||= '''Default''' =||= '''Animation Kidds''' =||= '''Beach''' =||= '''Bikes Motorcycles''' =||= '''Brands Logos''' =||= '''Cars''' =||
    10 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_default_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/default)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_animation.kidds_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/animation.kidds)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_beach_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/beach)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_bikes.motorcycles_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/bikes.motorcycles)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_brands.logos_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/brands.logos)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cars_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cars)]]
    11 =||
    12 [[br]]
    13 ||= '''Celebrations''' =||= '''Celebrities''' =||= '''Christmas''' =||= '''Creative Graphics''' =||= '''Cute''' =||= '''Digital Universe''' =||
    14 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrations_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrations)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_celebrities_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/celebrities)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_christmas_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/christmas)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_creative.graphics_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/creative.graphics)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_cute_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/cute)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_digital.universe_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/digital.universe)]]
    15 [[br]]
    16 ||= '''Dreamy Fantasy''' =||= '''Eisriesenwelt''' =||= '''Fantasy Girls''' =||= '''Fc Bayern''' =||= '''Flowers''' =||= '''Games''' =||
    17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_dreamy.fantasy_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/dreamy.fantasy)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_eisriesenwelt_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/eisriesenwelt)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fantasy.girls_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fantasy.girls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_fcbayern_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/fcbayern)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_flowers_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/flowers)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_games_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/games)]]
    18 [[br]]
    19 ||= '''HDR Pictures''' =||= '''Hotgirls 1''' =||= '''Hotgirls 2''' =||= '''Inspirational''' =||= '''Love''' =||= '''Movies''' =||
    20 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_HDR-Pictures_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/HDR-Pictures)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_1_0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_hotgirls_2.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/hotgirls_2)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_inspirational_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/inspirational)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_love_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/love)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_movies_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/movies)]]
    21 [[br]]
    22 ||= '''Nature Landscape''' =||= '''Others''' =||= '''Photography''' =||= '''Planes''' =||= '''Radio''' =||= '''Sports''' =||
    23 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_nature.landscape_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/nature.landscape)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_others_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/others)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_photography_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/photography)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_planes_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/planes)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_radio_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/radio)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_sports_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/sports)]]
    24 [[br]]
    25 ||= '''Travel World''' =||
    26 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/screensaver_travel.world_1.0/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/saver/travel.world)]] =||
    27 [[br]]
    28 ([#point10.1 Top of Pge])
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Skins

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.14 Skins''' [=#point10.14] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 Installing one of the follwing skins will change the look of the titan interface you may select and install skins from the online extentions.[[br]]
    7 
    8 ||= '''0Acht5Zehn''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnblack''' =||= '''0Acht5Zehnwhite''' =||= '''Cool''' =||= '''CoolMiniTV''' =||= '''Default''' =||
    9 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehn/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnblack/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_black)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_0Acht5Zehnwhite/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/0Acht5Zehn_white)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_cool/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/cool)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_coolMiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/coolMiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_default/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_default/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/default)]]
    10 =||
    11 [[br]]
    12 ||= '''Default no MiniTV''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue''' =||= '''Megastyle-Blue-MiniTV''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey''' =||= '''MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV''' =||= '''MetrixHD''' =||
    13 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_defnominitv/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skinsdefault_defnominitv/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/defnominitv)]]||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_blue_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Blue-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MegaStyle_grey_MiniTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MegaStyle-Grey-MiniTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_MetrixHD/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/MetrixHD)]]
    14 =||
    15 [[br]]
    16 ||= '''NoGfx''' =||= '''NoGfx Grey''' =||= '''SmartTV''' =||= '''tobayer01''' =||= '''ufs912''' =||
    17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx)]]=||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_nogfx_grey/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/nogfx_grey)]] =||=[[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_smartTV/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/smartTV)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_tobayer01/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/tobayer01)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/preview/prev.png,link=source:/ipk/source/skins_ufs912/_path_/usr/local/share/titan/skin/ufs912)]]
    18 =||
    19 
    20 ([#point10.14 Top of Page])
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Tools

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.16 Tools''' [=#point10.16] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 
    7 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_autotimer/preview/prev.png)]] 
    9 }}}
    10 |----------------
    11 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    12  '''Auto timer'''
    13 
    14  Set repeat timers for timer recordings to automatically record[[br]]
    15  the same program in future (i.e. serials) or automatic channel switch
    16 
    17 }}}
    18 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    19 [[BR]]
    20 
    21 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    22 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_callmonitor/preview/prev.png)]]
    23 }}}
    24 |----------------
    25 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    26  '''Callmonitor'''
    27 
    28  Incoming / outgoing phone calls are displayed on the screen.
    29 
    30 }}}
    31 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    32 [[BR]]
    33 
    34 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    35 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_filemanager/preview/prev.png)]]
    36 }}}
    37 |----------------
    38 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    39  '''Filemanager'''
    40 
    41  Access your files on the receiver and external drives[[br]]
    42  move/copy/delete them.
    43 
    44 }}}
    45 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    46 [[BR]]
    47 
    48 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    49 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_IP-Kamera/preview/prev.png)]]
    50 }}}
    51 |----------------
    52 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    53  '''IP Camera'''
    54 
    55  An in-network IP camera can be displayed on the screen.[[br]]
    56  Movement of the camera is possible if the camera supports it.
    57 
    58 }}}
    59 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    60 [[BR]]
    61 
    62 {{{#!th style="border: none" rowspan=0 align=left
    63 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdpearl1/preview/prev.png)]]
    64 }}}
    65 |----------------
    66 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    67  '''LCD-Pearl'''
    68 
    69  Viewing EPG info, station logos, on the small external Pearl-USB picture frame.[[br]]
    70  Additional Skin informationcan be found at ([wiki:Plugins-LcdPearlSkins#point110.8 10.8 LCD Pearl Skins]).
    71 }}}
    72 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    73 [[BR]]
    74 
    75 
    76 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    77 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_lcdsamsung/preview/prev.png)]]
    78 }}}
    79 |----------------
    80 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    81   '''LCD-Samsung'''
    82 
    83  Viewing EPG info, station logos, on the small external Samsung-USB picture frame.[[br]]
    84  Additional Skin informationcan be found at ([wiki:Plugins-LcdSamsungSkins#point110.9 10.9 LCD Samsung Skins]).
    85 
    86 }}}
    87 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    88 [[BR]]
    89 
    90 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    91 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_optimize/preview/prev.png)]]
    92 }}}
    93 |----------------
    94 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    95  '''Optimize'''[[BR]][[BR]]
    96  A tool to optimize the channel lists in TitanNit. Redundant transmitters[[br]]
    97  and transponders can be removed here.[[br]]
    98  The speed when scrolling through the channel list increases.
    99 
    100 }}}
    101 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    102 [[BR]]
    103 
    104 
    105 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    106 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_parted/preview/prev.png)]]
    107 }}}
    108 |----------------
    109 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    110  '''Parted'''
    111 
    112  Parted is neccessary to format a Harddisk with a capacity larger 2TB. After installing[[br]]
    113  the plugin it is active so you can setup your Haiddisk straight away.
    114 
    115 }}}
    116 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    117 [[BR]]
    118 
    119 
    120 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    121 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_PermanentTime/preview/prev.png)]]
    122 }}}
    123 |----------------
    124 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    125  '''Permanent Time'''
    126 
    127  Activate it and the time is shown permanently on your screen[[br]]
    128  until you call up the function again to deactivate it.
    129 
    130 }}}
    131 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    132 [[BR]]
    133 
    134 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    135 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_tsschnitt/preview/prev.png)]]
    136 }}}
    137 |----------------
    138 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    139  '''Record cut'''
    140 
    141  With 'Record cut' You can edit the recordings in titan by cutting the beginning and end.[[br]]
    142  Start the desired movie with the internal player, at the desired start-point and End-point[[br]]
    143  press the -0- Key on your Remote Control. To view the set markers press -5- on your Remote Control.[[br]]
    144  'Record cut' is now started and by pressing the -Green- button select the movie and with the -Blue- button[[br]]
    145  By pressing the -Yeelow- button the cutting process can be executed in the backbround.[[br]]
    146  After the Process has finished an information is shown on the TV-screen.[[br]]
    147  The Process can be watched or abborted by pressing the -Red- button.
    148 
    149 }}}
    150 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    151 [[BR]]
    152 
    153 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    154 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_rgui/preview/prev.png)]]
    155 }}}
    156 |----------------
    157 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    158  '''RGUI'''
    159 
    160  With Rgui you can access a different Titan Receiver.[[br]]
    161  You may also access the TV Program of the other receiver.[[br]]
    162  Streaming between both receivers is also possible.
    163 }}}
    164 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    165 [[BR]]
    166 
    167 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    168 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_scriptexec/preview/prev.png)]]
    169 }}}
    170 |----------------
    171 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    172  '''Scriptexec'''
    173 
    174  A small plugin to execute code on the receiver.
    175 
    176 }}}
    177 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    178 [[BR]]
    179 
    180 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    181 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_stopifnotused/preview/prev.png)]]
    182 }}}
    183 |----------------
    184 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    185  '''stop if not used'''
    186 
    187  Your receiver is automatically turned off after a set time should no further Key be pressed.[[br]]
    188 
    189  Autostart = yes / no - Time to Action (min) = 30/60/90/120/180/240 - Action = standby / off
    190 
    191 }}}
    192 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    193 [[BR]]
    194 
    195 
    196 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    197 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_usbreset/preview/prev.png)]]
    198 }}}
    199 |----------------
    200 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    201  '''USB Reset'''
    202 
    203  Attached USB devices are re-read.
    204 }}}
    205 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
    206 [[BR]]
    207 
    208 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    209 [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/tools_zapback/preview/prev.png)]]
    210 }}}
    211 |----------------
    212 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    213  '''Zapback'''
    214 
    215  Zapback will after a given time automatically switch back to a pre-set channel .
    216 
    217 }}}
    218 ([#point10.16 Top of Page])
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-Wlan

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.17 WLAN Module''' [=#point10.17] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 
    6 TitanNit is compatable with several usb Wireless lan devices below is a list of compatable wireless modules chipset's:
    7 
    8  * Realtek RTL8192SE (802.11N)
    9  * Realtek RTL8712U (802.11N)
    10  * Ralink RT2870STA (802.11N)
    11  * Ralink RT3070STA (802.11N)
    12  * Ralink RT5370STA (802.11N)
    13 
    14 Drivers can be installed from any of the above devices from the online extentions ([wiki:TPK-Install#point3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)])
    15 
    16 ||= '''WLAN 8192 driver''' =||= '''WLAN Driver 8172u''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt2870sta''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt3070sta''' =||= '''WLAN Driver rt5370sta''' =||
    17 ||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8192cu/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_8712u/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt2870sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt3070sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||= [[Image(source:/ipk/source.sh4/wlan_rt5370sta/preview/prev.png)]] =||
  • wiki/pages/nl/Plugins-station-logos

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''10.13 Channel logos (Picons)''' [=#point10.13] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 ----
    5 '''picons_transparent'''
    6 
    7 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    8 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    9 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    10 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    11 [[BR]]
    12 [[br]]
    13 ([#point110.13 Top of Page])
    14 
    15 '''picons_black3d'''
    16 
    17 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    18 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    19 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_black3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    20 [[BR]]
    21 [[br]]
    22 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    23 
    24 '''picons_gold'''
    25 
    26 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    27 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    28 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    29 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_gold_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    30 [[BR]]
    31 [[br]]
    32 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    33 
    34 '''picons_Kabel'''
    35 
    36 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelBW/preview/prev.png)]]
    37 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDblack3d/preview/prev.png)]]
    38 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_KabelDtransparent/preview/prev.png)]]
    39 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_spiegel_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    40 [[BR]]
    41 [[br]]
    42 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    43 
    44 '''picons_transparent_small_black'''
    45 
    46 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_transparent_small_black_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    47 [[BR]]
    48 [[br]]
    49 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    50 
    51 '''picons_white3d'''
    52 
    53 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    54 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    55 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    56 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white3d_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    57 [[BR]]
    58 [[br]]
    59 ([#point110.13 Top of Page])
    60 
    61 '''picons_white70'''
    62 
    63 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    64 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    65 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    66 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_white70_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    67 [[BR]]
    68 [[br]]
    69 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    70 
    71 '''picons_X_LightTransparen'''
    72 
    73 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT13_0/preview/prev.png)]]
    74 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    75 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT23_5/preview/prev.png)]]
    76 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT28_2/preview/prev.png)]]
    77 [[BR]]
    78 [[br]]
    79 ([#point110.13 Top of Page])
    80 
    81 '''picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small'''
    82 
    83 [[Image(source:/ipk/source/picons_X_LightTransparent_SAT19_2_small/preview/prev.png)]]
    84 [[BR]]
    85 [[br]]
    86 ([#point10.13 Top of Page])
    87 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Power-Off-Timer

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.8.4 Power Off Timer''' [=#point3.8.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.8 Standby-Poweroff (return)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Power-Off-Timer.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 > here you change your shutdown settings such as fixed shutdown timer.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Quick-Start-Guide

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 
    3 ----
    4 '''Quick Start Guide''' [=#point0] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    5 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
    6 ----
    7 
    8 TitanNit was designed to do two things really well. It can display live tv and it play your videos and recordings, the scope of this quick start guide will explain the setup and operation of those features in a short precise way.
    9 This section was designed for those who do not care to ever read the manual and just want to jump in and get their hands dirty in all that is TitanNit.
    10 
    11 Note: It is asumed the decoder has just been freshly removed from the packing or freshly had TitanNit installed and is booted with the default settings if you wish to install TitanNit please see the section [wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation and Recovery Contents]
    12 be aware that as TitanNit has been developed for multiple hardware devices the precedures outlined below may not be the same as your reciever.
    13 
    14 You may select a skip to a specific setup topic or scroll down to read the complete guide.
    15 ----
    16 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    17  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    18   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    19   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    20 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_Up_the_Language.png,align=left,link=[#point0.1])]]
    21   }}}
    22   '''([#point0.1 Setting Up the language])'''[[br]]
    23   {{{#!div style="float: left
    24 click here to find info on setting up the language
    25   }}}
    26   }}}
    27   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    28   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    29 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_the_Network.png,align=left,link=[#point0.2])]]
    30   }}}
    31   '''([#point0.2 Setting Up the Network])'''[[br]]
    32   {{{#!div style="float: left
    33 click here to find info on setting up the Network
    34   }}}
    35   }}}
    36   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    37   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    38 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_the_HDD.png,align=left,link=[#point0.3])]]
    39   }}}
    40   '''([#point0.3 Setting Up the Hdd])'''[[br]]
    41   {{{#!div style="float: left
    42 click here to find info on setting up the HDD
    43   }}}
    44   }}}
    45   |---
    46   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    47   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    48 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up-the_Tuner.png,align=left,link=[#point0.4])]]
    49   }}}
    50   '''([#point0.4 Setting Up the Tuner])'''[[br]]
    51   {{{#!div style="float: left
    52 click here to find info on Setting Up the Tuner
    53   }}}
    54   }}}
    55   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    56   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    57 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Preforming_a_Scan.png,align=left,link=[#point0.5])]]
    58   }}}
    59   '''([#point0.5 Proforming a Scan])'''[[br]]
    60   {{{#!div style="float: left
    61 click here to find info Proforming a Scan
    62   }}}
    63   }}}
    64   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    65   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    66 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Orginising_Your_Channels.png,align=left,link=[#point0.6])]]
    67   }}}
    68   '''([#point0.6 Orginising Your Channels])'''[[br]]
    69   {{{#!div style="float: left
    70 click here to find info on Orginising Your Channels
    71   }}}
    72   }}}
    73   |---
    74   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    75   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    76 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Setting_up_Media.png,align=left,link=[#point0.7])]]
    77   }}}
    78   '''([#point0.7 Setting Up a Media])'''[[br]]
    79   {{{#!div style="float: left
    80 click here to find info on Setting Up a Media
    81   }}}
    82   }}}
    83   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    84   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    85 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Playing_Back_Media.png,align=left,link=[#point0.8])]]
    86   }}}
    87   '''([#point0.8 Playing Back Media])'''[[br]]
    88   {{{#!div style="float: left
    89 click here to find info Playing Back Media
    90   }}}
    91   }}}
    92   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    93   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    94 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Conclusion.png,align=left,link=[#point0.9])]]
    95   }}}
    96   '''([#point0.9 Conclusion])'''[[br]]
    97   {{{#!div style="float: left
    98 Conclusion/ what to do next after stting up Titan
    99   }}}
    100   }}}
    101   |----
    102   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    103   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    104 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/quick-start-guide/Apendixcies.png,align=left,link=[#point0.10])]]
    105   }}}
    106   '''([#point0.10 Apendixcies])'''[[br]]
    107   {{{#!div style="float: left
    108 Apendixcies/ references [[br]]to other setup related topics.
    109   }}}
    110   }}}
    111 }}}
    112 }}}
    113 [[br]]
    114 [[br]]
    115 
    116 
    117 
    118 
    119 
    120 
    121 
    122 
    123 ----
    124 ''' Welcome to TitanNit! '''
    125 ----
    126  
    127 Congratulations new users to your choice in your new Atemio Receiver or on the instalation of TitanNit onto your exising receiver. The TitanNit interface is designed with the 'Home Theater' in mind. This means it is best viewed on a large-screen TV while you sit on your couch 10-feet away from the TV, If it helps, you can think of TitanNit as the ultimate media player/Set-top-box, rather than just another set top box operating system.
    128  
    129 
    130 ----
    131 '''Setting Up the Language''' [=#point0.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    132 ----
    133 By default the language of the TitanNit interface is in German and must be switched on setup to your language.
    134 To set up the language of the interface go to menu the __"Menu"__ and select > __"Einstellungen"__ > __"Sprache"__ then select the language desired then the reciever will then reboot and restart with the new language settings.
    135 
    136 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Language.jpg, 50%)]][[BR]]
    137 [[br]]
    138 [[br]]
    139 
    140 ----
    141 '''Setting Up the Network''' [=#point0.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    142 ----
    143 To Set Up the Network Interface of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Network"__
    144 
    145 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Network.jpg, 50%)]][[BR]]
    146 
    147 If you wish to setup a wired network select __"LAN Interface Setup"__ and press the red button.
    148 you will then be presented with a list of network settings, set up your reciever as required and press __"OK"__ and follow the on screen propmts.
    149 
    150 If you wish to setup a wireless network select __"WLAN"__
    151 if your sever is sending out a ssid you may press the __"Red button"__ and preform a scan of available networks, select your network and press ok to save.
    152 you will then need to set your security type and key using the remote and press the __"green button"__ to start the network connection.
    153 [[br]]
    154 [[br]]
    155 
    156 ----
    157 '''Setting Up the Hdd''' [=#point0.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    158 ----
    159 If you have just purchased your receiver or converted from the manufactures included software the hdd will need formatting and setting up for use with TitanNit.
    160 
    161 To format the Hdd of the receiver to be able to be used with TitanNit go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Storage Device"__ and select __"format Device"__ then select the hdd you wish to format. (Note: doing this will remove all content on the hdd if you have important data on there please back it up before preforming this step.)
    162 
    163 you will then need to select the type of file system you wish to use on the hdd if you have no idea what to pick leave it as default, select an item and press the __"OK"__ button.
    164 
    165 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Format-Hdd.jpg, 50%)]][[br]]
    166 
    167 Now that the Hdd is formatted you may set it up, go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Storage Device"__ and select __"Configure device"__
    168 
    169 Select the Hdd you formatted before and and then you will be presented with a set of features to enable the hard disk to be used for.
    170 I suggest you enable all options.
    171 [[br]]
    172 [[br]]
    173 
    174 ----
    175 '''Setting up the Tuner''' [=#point0.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    176 ----
    177 
    178 Before you can watch TV you must set the tuner up in the Reciver as your system is physically connected to your Satellite cable or trestrial antenna.
    179 
    180 As no two systems are the same we will show you how to set up a simple single universal lnb connected to your reciever with a list of satellites in your sky you wish to receive.
    181 
    182 Before we can do this we need to program in a list of satellites and transponders as not all satellite lists are installed in the Reciever by default.
    183 
    184 ''Setting up the default transponder/satellite lists''
    185 
    186 Programming in transponders can be quite daunting for new users so the devs have set up a simple way to program your transponders into yoru receiver, the [wiki:Create-Transponder-List#point3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List] function can download transponders for various services from the TitanNit online repo, this will save you from having to manually create these lists from your pc, receiver or from a satellite xml generator, this greatly simpifly channel and tuner setup.
    187 (Note that these transponder lists may not allways be 100% correct as services may change)
    188 
    189 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Create-Transponder-List.jpg, 50%)]][[br]]
    190  
    191 Go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel setup"__ > __"Create Transponder List"__ and follow the onscreen propmts to download a current list of transponders from your selected tuner type.
    192 
    193 
    194 Alternativly you can use the[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] from your pc this is a little bit more flexible that you can just program in the satellites you wish to recieve as opposed to every satelite or transponder programmed into the repo, the hard core or pro users may prefer this option to customise their setup.
    195 
    196 Proform these steps in this sequence to import a list of satellites on to your receiver:
    197 
    198  * Download a satellite xml file for the satellites you wish to receive from an [[http://satellites-xml.eu/ | Online xml generator]]
    199  * Download and install [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] to your pc and set up a connection to your receiver.
    200  * Import the xml file.
    201 
    202 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/Import-Satellite.png)]]
    203 
    204 
    205  * Upload the satellite.xml file to your receiver
    206 
    207 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/6.png)]]
    208 
    209 The reciever will then reboot if it does not then reboot manually to comit the changes.
    210 
    211 ''Setting up the tuner''
    212 
    213 To Set up the Tuner of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel setup"__
    214 
    215  * 1 Select tuner 0/0 and press the sideways key and select __"Tuner looped to 0/1"__
    216  * 2 Select tuner 0/1 and press the sideways key and select __"Tuner looped to 0/0"__
    217  * 3 Select tuner 0/0 and press the __"Red Button"__ to configuere the tuner
    218  * 4 Select the satellite type press sideways and select __"Single Lnb"__.
    219  * 5 Scroll down and select __"SAT 1"__ press the sideways key and select the satellite you wish to receive.
    220  * 6 Scroll down to Lnb/Unicable and press the __"Red Button"__ to configure the lnb type.
    221  * 7 scroll down to LOF/Unicable press the sideways key and select universal.
    222  * 8 Press ok button twice to store the lnb type and tuner configuration.
    223  * Repeat steps 4-8 on tuner 0/1
    224 
    225 your lnb is now set up and if all was done correctly you should now be able to scan for stations on the selected satellite.
    226 [[br]]
    227 [[br]]
    228 
    229 ----
    230 '''Proforming a Scan''' [=#point0.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    231 ----
    232 
    233 Before you can watch TV you must preform a scan of the transponders for available channels
    234 
    235 To Proforming a Scan of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Channel Service"__ >__"Automatic Search"__ and press the __"Red Button"__ as you have already setup your satellites and transponders the default settings will be ok.
    236 
    237 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Automatic-Search.jpg, 50%)]]
    238 
    239 Once the scan has finished you may press the __"Green"__ button to store all the channel data or alternativly you may select the individual channels and press the __"Red"__ button.
    240 
    241 [[br]]
    242 [[br]]
    243 
    244 ----
    245 '''Orginising Your Scanned Channels''' [=#point0.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    246 ----
    247 Now you have your receiver setup you can start to watch tv if you exit from the menu after proforming the scan you should be presented with a high definition display of your local tv stations.
    248 but as you may notice they are un orginised and it may be hard finding the tv stations you wish to watch for this you can orginise them in to your own persionalised favourite menu's.
    249 The easyest way to do this is with the [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor].
    250 
    251  * Download and install [wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 SatChannelListEditor] to your pc and set up a connection to your receiver.
    252  * Read in the channel data as follows :
    253 
    254 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/6.png)]]
    255 
    256 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/7.png)]]
    257 
    258 
    259 '' Favourites setup ''
    260 
    261 All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]]
    262 of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list.
    263 [[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]]
    264 The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control.
    265 [[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites:
    266 
    267 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/8.png)]]
    268 
    269 After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name:
    270 
    271 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/9.png)]]
    272 
    273 You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]]
    274 onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]]
    275 and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu:
    276 
    277 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/10.png)]]
    278 
    279 Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]]
    280 The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1:
    281 
    282 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/11.png)]]
    283 
    284 When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]]
    285 obtains further channel numbers:
    286 
    287 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/12.png)]]
    288 [[br]]
    289 [[br]]
    290 
    291 ----
    292 '''Setting Up a Media Source''' [=#point0.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    293 ----
    294 To Set up a media source to be acessable from the reciever of the receiver go into the __"Menu"__ and select > __"System"__ > __"Network"__> __"Network Browser"__
    295 
    296 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Network-Browser.jpg, 50%)]][[br]]
    297 
    298 now press the __"Red"__ button to add a source and you will be presented with a list of share options.
    299 set up your share type adress and details for your media server and press __OK"__ to store it in.
    300 
    301 your share will now be mounted and it will now show up in the media/net/ directory
    302 
    303 [[br]]
    304 [[br]]
    305 
    306 ----
    307 '''Playing Back Media''' [=#point0.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    308 ----
    309 To Play back a media file or recording it is very simple, to open the default media player press the __"PLAY"__ button and you will be presented with the player file select display, Navigate the file list and select the file you wish to play.
    310 You may play media from your network share by browsing to the media/net if you wish.
    311 
    312 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg, 50%)]][[br]]
    313 [[br]]
    314 [[br]]
    315 
    316 ----
    317 '''Conclusion''' [=#point0.9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    318 ----
    319 Conclusion
    320  
    321 Thanks for reading this Quick Start Guide. Below in the "Apendixces" section you will find additional suggested reading that may be useful for getting started with the advanced features of TitanNit.
    322 
    323 [[br]]
    324 [[br]]
    325 
    326 ----
    327 '''Apendixcies''' [=#point0.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    328 ----
    329 Please see below for more advanced topics and information
    330 
    331  * [wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation]
    332  * [wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control]
    333  * [wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery]
    334  * [wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software]
    335  * [wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugins]
    336  * [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting]
    337 
    338 We have tried our best to make this quick start manual as complete and precice as we can if you have any issuies with this manual, wish for something to be added, thank or abuse us please see [wiki:Community#point14 Community] for information on how to contact us.
    339 
    340 Oh and by the way as a final remark thanks for choosing TitanNit!.
    341 [[br]]
    342 [[br]]
    343 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Ram

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.7.8.6 Ram''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/System-Info-Ram.jpg)]][[br]]
    7 >
    8 Here you can view the memory information.
    9 
    10 [[br]]
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Receiver-Unlock

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.5.10 Receiver Unlock''' [=#point3.5.10] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system_receiver_unlock.jpg)]][[br]]
    8 >
    9 >Here you can unlock the special features of the decoder after purchase.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Record-Path

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.8 Record Path''' [=#point3.6.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Record_Path.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 > here you can recording directorys.
    10 
    11 [[br]]
    12 
    13  ||'''Movie  Path''' ||This is the path to the Movie Directory.||
    14  ||'''Timer Record Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the timer recordings are stored.||
    15  ||'''Record Patht''' ||This is the path to the directory where the manual recordings are stored.||
    16  ||'''Timeshift Path:''' ||This is the path to the directory where the Timeshift files are stored.||
    17  ||'''Stream Path''' ||This is the path to the directory where temporary Streams are stored.||
    18  
    19  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
    20  
    21 [[br]]
    22 ----
    23 
    24  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    25 
    26  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    27  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    28  
    29  ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This button allows editing of the above paths it will bring up an onscreen keyboard to edit the string selected.||
    30  
  • wiki/pages/nl/Records

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.1.5 Records''' [=#point3.1.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 >
    5 >Menu Picture place holder:
    6 >
    7 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Records.jpg)]][[BR]]
    8 >
    9 >Recordings is where you can set up and edit timer set recordings.
    10 
    11 
    12 [[br]]
    13 
    14 ----
    15 
    16  '''Coloured Button's Functions"
    17 
    18  The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
    19  please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
    20  
    21  ||'''Red Button: (Del)''' ||This will delete the currently selected timer or recording.||
    22  ||'''Green Button: (Add)''' ||this will add a new timer recording.||
    23  ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop/ Start)''' ||this will stop or start the currently selected timer recording.||
    24  ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past log file for the past timer recordings.||
    25 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Red-Button

    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 >----
    3 >'''3.6.4 Red Button''' [=#point3.6.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 
    5 >
    6 >Menu Picture place holder:
    7 >
    8 >[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Red_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
    9 >
    10 >here you can configure what happens with the press of the red button
    11 
    12 
    13 [[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Remote-Device-Control

    <
    r40542 r40892  
    1 [[TranslatedPages]]
    2 ----
    3 '''4 Remote/ Device control''' [=#point4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
    4 New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
    5 ----
    6 == Remote/ Device control ==
    7 
    8 This section contains information about how to control your decoder and how it can be controlled from local and remote sources and helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
    9 
    10 
    11  ''Please select a menu item from the GUI for more information''
    12 
    13 ----
    14 {{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
    15  {{{#!table style="border: none"
    16   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    17   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    18 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Remote_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.1])]]
    19   }}}
    20   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.1 4.1 RC Remote control]'''[[br]]
    21   {{{#!div style="float: left
    22 click here to find info on setting up the language
    23   }}}
    24   }}}
    25   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    26   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    27 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/On_Device_control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.2])]]
    28   }}}
    29   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.2 4.2 On Device Control]'''[[br]]
    30   {{{#!div style="float: left
    31 click here to find info on setting up the Network
    32   }}}
    33   }}}
    34   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    35   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    36 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Web_Interface.png,align=left,link=[#point4.3])]]
    37   }}}
    38   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.3 4.3 Web Interface]'''[[br]]
    39   {{{#!div style="float: left
    40 click here to find info on setting up the HDD
    41   }}}
    42   }}}
    43   |---
    44   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    45   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    46 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Telnet_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point4.4])]]
    47   }}}
    48   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.4 4.4 Telnet Control]'''[[br]]
    49   {{{#!div style="float: left
    50 click here to find info on Setting Up the Tuner
    51   }}}
    52   }}}
    53   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    54   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    55 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Rgui.png,align=left,link=[#point4.5])]]
    56   }}}
    57   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.5 4.5 Rgui]'''[[br]]
    58   {{{#!div style="float: left
    59 click here to find info Proforming a Scan
    60   }}}
    61   }}}
    62   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    63   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    64 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Bootloader.png,align=left,link=[#point4.6])]]
    65   }}}
    66   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader]'''[[br]]
    67   {{{#!div style="float: left
    68 click here to find info on Orginising Your Channels
    69   }}}
    70   }}}
    71   |---
    72   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    73   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    74 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/TitanNit_WebIF.png,align=left,link=[#point4.7])]]
    75   }}}
    76   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.7 4.7 TitanNit WebIF]'''[[br]]
    77   {{{#!div style="float: left
    78 click here to find info on Setting Up a Media
    79   }}}
    80   }}}
    81   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    82   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    83 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/FTP.png,align=left,link=[#point4.8])]]
    84   }}}
    85   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.8 4.8 FTP (File Transfer Protocol)]'''[[br]]
    86   {{{#!div style="float: left
    87 click here to find info Playing Back Media
    88   }}}
    89   }}}
    90   {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
    91   {{{#!div style="float: left"
    92 [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control/Autostart_Scripting.png,align=left,link=[#point4.9])]]
    93   }}}
    94   '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.9 4.9 Autostart Scripting (usercmd.sh)]'''[[br]]
    95   {{{#!div style="float: left
    96 Conclusion/ what to do next after stting up Titan
    97   }}}
    98   }}}
    99  
    100 }}}
    101 }}}
    102 [[br]]
    103 [[br]]
    104 
    105 
    106 
    107 ----
    108 '''4.1 RC Remote Control''' [=#point4.1] ([#point4 top of the page])
    109 
    110 ----
    111  * ([#point4.1.1 RC Atevio700])
    112  * ([#point4.1.2 RC Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600])
    113  * ([#point4.1.3 RC Atemio500, Atemio510])
    114  * ([#point4.1.4 RC Atemio520])
    115  * ([#point4.1.5 RC Atemio520-V2])
    116  * ([#point4.1.6 RC Atemio530])
    117 
    118  * ([#point4.1.7 RC UFS910])
    119  * ([#point4.1.8 RC UFS912])
    120  * ([#point4.1.9 RC UFS922])
    121 
    122 [[BR]]
    123 [[BR]]
    124 [[BR]]
    125 
    126 
    127 
    128 
    129 '''4.1.1 RC Remote Control Atevio700''' [=#point4.1.1]  ([#point4.1 back])
    130 [[BR]]
    131 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    132 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio700.png)]][[br]]
    133 }}}
    134 |----------------
    135 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    136  
    137 '''TEXT RC Atevio 700'''
    138 
    139 }}}
    140 
    141 [[br]]
    142 [[br]]
    143 [[br]]
    144 
    145 
    146 
    147 '''4.1.2 RC Remote Control Atevio7000, Atevio7500, Atemio7600''' [=#point4.1.2]  ([#point4.1 back])
    148 [[BR]]
    149 {{{#!th rowspan=0 align=left style="border: none"
    150 [[Image(source:/titan/web/img/rc.atevio7000.png)]][[br]]
    151 }}}
    152 |----------------
    153 {{{#!td style="border: none"
    154  The section contains information on the functions and operation of your remote control unit.
    155 
    156  '''Special Function Buttons operation during channel streaming'''
    157 
    158  
    159  ||'''Resolution:''' ||This Key Switches the videomode.||
    160  ||'''V.Format:''' ||This Key Switches the Video format.||
    161  ||'''Recall:''' ||This key can bring up the recent channel history so you can jump easily between programs.||
    162  ||'''Info:''' ||This Button displays the infobar.||
    163  ||'''fav:''' ||This button brings up the favourite and Bouquet lists to easily select programs.||
    164  ||'''Menu:''' ||This key opens the menu.||
    165  ||'''Sleep:''' ||This Key can setup the sleep timer.||
    166  ||'''Help:''' ||This key can display detailed information and help text's.||
    167  ||'''Exit:''' ||This key exits menus and popups .||
    168  ||'''text:''' ||This key shows the teletext display.||
    169  ||'''Ok:''' ||This button confirms menu items and popups.||
    170 
    171 [[br]]
    172 
    173 '''Programming the universal remote to operate a supported TV'''